(auto-image-file-mode): Drop unneeded positional args.
[emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
blob26cee0b0c63370a98d35f54e94cf97c126e34a7f
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
52 ;;;***
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (14816 63829))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
108 ;;;***
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14816 63829))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
117 ;;;***
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (14807 56557))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
155 name and site.
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
169 name and site.
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
209 the appropriate motion commands).
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
217 ;;;***
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14660
221 ;;;;;; 49405))
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
233 interpreted as `error'.")
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
255 will clear the cache." nil nil)
257 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
263 BODY... )
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
280 Semantics of the various flags:
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
289 advised function should be compiled.
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
304 during preloading.
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
308 ;;;***
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14823 8292))
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
315 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
325 `separate' attribute set.
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
330 on the format of these lists." t nil)
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
342 options.
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
347 Fred (123) 456-7890
348 Alice (123) 456-7890
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
350 Joe (123) 456-7890
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
356 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
361 align that section." t nil)
363 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
369 been used to align that section." t nil)
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
377 to be colored." t nil)
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
385 ;;;***
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14729 20675))
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
405 ;;;***
407 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
408 ;;;;;; (14642 37233))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
411 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
413 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
415 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
416 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
417 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
419 ;;;***
421 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
422 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
423 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
424 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 41837))
425 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
427 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
428 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
429 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
430 as the first thing on a line.")
432 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
433 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
435 (defvar appt-audible t "\
436 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
438 (defvar appt-visible t "\
439 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
441 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
442 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
444 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
445 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
447 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
448 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
450 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
451 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
452 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
454 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
455 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
456 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
458 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
459 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
461 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
462 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
463 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
464 put in the appointments list.
465 02/23/89
466 12:00pm lunch
467 Wednesday
468 10:00am group meeting
469 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
470 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
471 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
473 ;;;***
475 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
476 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14811
477 ;;;;;; 51864))
478 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
480 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
481 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
483 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
485 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
486 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
487 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
488 normal variables." t nil)
490 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
492 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
493 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
494 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
495 noninteractive functions.
497 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
498 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
500 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
501 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
502 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
503 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
504 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
506 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
507 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
508 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
509 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
510 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
512 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
513 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
514 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
515 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
516 bindings.
517 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
519 ;;;***
521 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14825
522 ;;;;;; 31071))
523 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
525 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
526 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
527 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
528 Letters no longer insert themselves.
529 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
530 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
532 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
533 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
534 archive.
536 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
538 ;;;***
540 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
541 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
543 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
544 Major mode for editing arrays.
546 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
547 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
548 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
550 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
552 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
553 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
554 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
556 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
557 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
558 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
559 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
560 The variables are:
562 Variables you assign:
563 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
564 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
565 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
566 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
567 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
568 row numbers in the buffer.
570 Variables which are calculated:
571 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
572 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
574 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
575 take a numeric prefix argument):
577 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
578 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
579 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
580 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
582 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
583 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
584 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
585 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
587 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
588 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
589 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
590 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
592 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
593 between that of point and mark.
595 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
596 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
598 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
599 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
600 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
601 newlines inside rows)
603 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
605 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
607 ;;;***
609 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14807
610 ;;;;;; 56561))
611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
613 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
614 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
615 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
617 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
618 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
619 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
620 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
622 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
623 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
625 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
626 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
628 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
630 Special commands:
631 \\{asm-mode-map}
632 " t nil)
634 ;;;***
636 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-authors authors) "authors" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
637 ;;;;;; (14839 20377))
638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/authors.el
640 (autoload (quote authors) "authors" "\
641 Extract author information from change logs and Lisp source files.
642 ROOT is the root directory under which to find the files. If called
643 interactively, ROOT is read from the minibuffer. Result is a
644 buffer *Authors* containing authorship information." t nil)
646 (autoload (quote batch-update-authors) "authors" "\
647 Produce an AUTHORS file.
648 Call this function in batch mode with two command line arguments FILE
649 and ROOT. FILE is the file to write, ROOT is the root directory of
650 the Emacs source tree, from which to build the file." nil nil)
652 ;;;***
654 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
655 ;;;;;; (14516 149))
656 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
658 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
659 Obsolete.")
661 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
662 This command is obsolete." t nil)
664 ;;;***
666 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
667 ;;;;;; (14651 36399))
668 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
670 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
671 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
672 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
673 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
674 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
675 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
676 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
677 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
678 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
679 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
681 For example:
682 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
683 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
684 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
685 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
686 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
688 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
690 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
691 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
692 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
693 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
694 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
695 &c to supply digit arguments.
697 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
699 ;;;***
701 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
702 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
705 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
706 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
708 ;;;***
710 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
711 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14807 56557))
712 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
714 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
715 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
716 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
718 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
719 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
720 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
721 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
723 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
724 Toggle Auto-Insert mode.
725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
726 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
728 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
730 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
732 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
733 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
734 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
735 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
737 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
738 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
740 ;;;***
742 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
743 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
744 ;;;;;; (14659 23014))
745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
747 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
748 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
749 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
751 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
752 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
753 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
755 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
756 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
757 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
759 ;;;***
761 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
762 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
763 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
764 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
766 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
767 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
769 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
770 instead.")
772 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
773 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
775 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
776 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
778 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
780 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
782 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
783 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
785 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
786 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
787 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
789 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
790 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
792 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
793 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
795 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
796 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
798 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
799 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
800 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
802 ;;;***
804 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
805 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14743 46413))
806 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
808 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
809 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
810 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
812 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
814 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
816 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
818 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
819 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
820 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
821 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
823 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
824 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
825 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
827 Effects of the different modes:
828 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
829 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
830 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
831 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
832 a random distance & direction.
833 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
834 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
835 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
837 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
839 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
840 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
841 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
843 ;;;***
845 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14807
846 ;;;;;; 56561))
847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
849 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
850 Major mode for editing AWK code.
851 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
852 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
853 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
855 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
856 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
858 ;;;***
860 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
861 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
862 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
864 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
865 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
867 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
868 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
870 For example:
872 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
873 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
874 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
875 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
877 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
879 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
881 ;;;***
883 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
884 ;;;;;; (14818 62640))
885 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
887 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
888 Display battery status information in the echo area.
889 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
890 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
892 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
893 Display battery status information in the mode line.
894 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
895 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
896 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
897 seconds." t nil)
899 ;;;***
901 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14505
902 ;;;;;; 7809))
903 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
905 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
906 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
908 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
909 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
910 version information already added. You just need to add a description
911 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
912 message.
915 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
917 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
918 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
919 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
920 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
921 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
923 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
924 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
925 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
926 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
927 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
928 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
930 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
931 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
932 BibTeX mode.
935 Special information:
937 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
939 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
940 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
941 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
942 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
943 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
944 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
945 current field.
946 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
947 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
949 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
950 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
951 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
952 bibtex-entry-format.
953 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
954 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
955 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
957 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
958 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
960 The following may be of interest as well:
962 Functions:
963 bibtex-entry
964 bibtex-kill-entry
965 bibtex-yank-pop
966 bibtex-pop-previous
967 bibtex-pop-next
968 bibtex-complete-string
969 bibtex-complete-key
970 bibtex-print-help-message
971 bibtex-generate-autokey
972 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
973 bibtex-end-of-entry
974 bibtex-reposition-window
975 bibtex-mark-entry
976 bibtex-ispell-abstract
977 bibtex-ispell-entry
978 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
979 bibtex-sort-buffer
980 bibtex-validate
981 bibtex-count
982 bibtex-fill-entry
983 bibtex-reformat
984 bibtex-convert-alien
986 Variables:
987 bibtex-field-delimiters
988 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
989 bibtex-include-OPTkey
990 bibtex-user-optional-fields
991 bibtex-entry-format
992 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
993 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
994 bibtex-entry-field-alist
995 bibtex-predefined-strings
996 bibtex-string-files
998 ---------------------------------------------------------
999 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1000 non-nil.
1002 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1004 ;;;***
1006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (14791 27196))
1007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1009 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1011 ;;;***
1013 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
1014 ;;;;;; 27947))
1015 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1017 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1018 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1019 the default is 4.
1021 What is blackbox?
1023 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1024 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1025 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1026 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1027 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1028 your score.
1030 Overview of play:
1032 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1033 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1034 four.
1036 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1037 movement keys.
1039 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1040 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1042 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1043 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1045 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1046 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1047 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1048 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1049 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1050 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1052 Details:
1054 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1056 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1057 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1058 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1059 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1061 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1062 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1063 denoted by the letter `R'.
1065 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1066 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1067 denoted by the letter `H'.
1069 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1070 example.
1072 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1073 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1074 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1075 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1076 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1077 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1078 ray.
1080 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1081 degree deflection it causes.
1084 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1085 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1086 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1087 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1088 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1089 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1090 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1091 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1094 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1095 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1098 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1099 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1100 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1101 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1102 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1103 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1104 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1105 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1107 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1108 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1109 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1110 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1111 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1112 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1113 emerging from the box.
1115 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1118 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1119 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1120 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1121 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1122 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1123 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1124 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1126 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1127 a reflection." t nil)
1129 ;;;***
1131 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1132 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1133 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1134 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1135 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1136 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14653 63162))
1137 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1138 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1139 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1140 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1142 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1143 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1144 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1145 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1146 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1147 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1149 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1151 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1153 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1155 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1157 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1159 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1161 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1163 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1165 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1167 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1169 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1171 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1173 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1175 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
1177 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1178 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1179 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1180 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1181 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1182 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1183 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1184 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1185 recent one.
1187 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1188 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1189 yank successive words.
1191 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1192 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1193 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1194 name of the file being visited.
1196 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1197 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1198 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1200 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1201 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1202 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1203 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1204 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1205 this.
1207 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1208 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1209 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1210 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1212 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1213 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1214 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1215 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1216 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1218 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1219 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1220 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1221 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1223 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1225 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1226 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1227 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1228 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1230 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1231 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1232 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1234 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1235 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1236 name." t nil)
1238 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1239 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1240 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1241 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1242 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1243 this." t nil)
1245 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1246 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1247 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1248 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1249 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1250 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1251 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1252 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1254 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1255 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1256 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1258 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1262 \(second argument).
1264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1265 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1273 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1275 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1276 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1277 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1278 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1279 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1280 while loading.
1282 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1283 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1284 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1285 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1286 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1287 explicitly.
1289 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1290 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1291 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1292 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1294 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1295 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1296 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1297 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1298 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1300 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1302 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1304 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1305 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1306 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1307 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1308 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1309 this.
1311 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1312 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1313 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1315 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1316 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1317 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1318 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1319 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1320 this.
1322 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1323 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1324 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1326 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1327 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1328 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1330 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1331 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1332 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1334 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1335 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1336 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1337 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1338 prompts for NEWNAME.
1339 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1340 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1341 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1343 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1344 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1345 name.
1347 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1348 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1349 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1351 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1352 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1353 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1354 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1355 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1356 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1358 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1359 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1360 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1362 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1364 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1366 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1368 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1370 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1372 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1374 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1376 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1378 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1380 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1382 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1384 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1386 ;;;***
1388 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1389 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1390 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1391 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-netscape
1392 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
1393 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
1394 ;;;;;; browse-url-generic-program browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display
1395 ;;;;;; browse-url-new-window-p browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1396 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (14815 49999))
1397 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1399 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1400 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1401 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1402 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1404 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1405 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1406 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1407 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1408 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1410 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1411 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1412 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1413 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1414 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1416 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1417 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1419 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1420 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1421 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1423 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1424 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1426 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1427 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1428 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1429 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1430 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1431 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1433 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1434 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1435 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1436 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1437 narrowed." t nil)
1439 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1440 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1442 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1443 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1445 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1446 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1447 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1448 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1450 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1451 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1452 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1453 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1455 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1456 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1457 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1458 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1459 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1460 to use." t nil)
1462 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1463 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1465 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1467 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1468 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1469 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1470 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1472 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1473 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1475 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1476 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1477 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1478 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1480 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1481 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1482 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1483 effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1485 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1486 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1488 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1489 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1491 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1492 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1493 program is invoked according to the variable
1494 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1496 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1497 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1498 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1499 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1501 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1502 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1504 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1505 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1506 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1508 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1509 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1510 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1511 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1513 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1514 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1515 Default to the URL around or before point.
1517 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1518 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1519 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1521 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1522 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1523 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1524 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1526 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1527 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1529 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1530 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1531 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1533 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1534 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1535 Default to the URL around or before point.
1537 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1538 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1539 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1541 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1542 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1544 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1545 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1546 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1547 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1549 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1550 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1551 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1552 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1553 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1555 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1556 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1557 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1558 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1560 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1561 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1562 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1563 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1565 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1566 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1568 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1569 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1570 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1572 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1573 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1574 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1575 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1576 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1577 current one.
1579 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1580 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1581 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1582 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1584 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1585 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1587 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1588 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1589 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1590 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1591 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1592 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1594 ;;;***
1596 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1597 ;;;;;; 42538))
1598 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1600 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1601 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1603 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1604 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1606 ;;;***
1608 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1609 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14747 44732))
1610 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1612 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1613 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1614 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1615 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1617 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1618 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1619 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1620 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1622 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1623 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1625 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1626 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1627 \\<bs-mode-map>
1628 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1629 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1630 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1631 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1633 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1634 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1635 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1636 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1637 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1639 ;;;***
1641 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1642 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1643 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1644 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14836 4663))
1645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1647 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1648 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1649 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1651 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1652 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1653 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1654 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1656 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1657 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1658 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1659 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1661 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1663 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1664 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1666 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1667 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1668 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1669 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1670 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1672 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1673 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1674 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1675 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1677 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1678 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1679 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1681 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1682 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1683 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1684 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1685 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1686 all functions called by those functions.
1688 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1689 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1690 cons, etc.).
1692 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1693 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1694 invoked interactively." t nil)
1696 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1697 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1698 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1699 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1700 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1701 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1703 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1704 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1705 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1706 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1708 ;;;***
1710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1711 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1713 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1715 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1717 ;;;***
1719 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1720 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1721 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1723 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1724 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1725 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1726 from the cursor position." t nil)
1728 ;;;***
1730 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14747
1731 ;;;;;; 44732))
1732 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1734 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1735 Run the pocket calculator.
1736 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1738 ;;;***
1740 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1741 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1742 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1743 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1744 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1745 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1746 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1747 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1748 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1749 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1750 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1751 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1752 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1753 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1754 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1755 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1756 ;;;;;; (14792 2663))
1757 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1759 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1760 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1761 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1763 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1764 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1765 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1766 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1767 the screen.")
1769 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1770 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1771 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1772 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1773 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1775 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1776 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1777 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
1778 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1779 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1780 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1781 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1783 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1784 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1785 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1786 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1787 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1789 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1790 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1791 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1793 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1794 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1795 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1797 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
1798 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
1799 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
1801 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1802 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1803 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1804 displayed.")
1806 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1807 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1808 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1810 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1811 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1812 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1814 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1816 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1817 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1818 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1820 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1821 calendar.")
1823 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1824 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1825 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1827 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1828 calendar.")
1830 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1831 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1832 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1834 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1835 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1836 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1837 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1838 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1840 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1841 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1842 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1843 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1844 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1845 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1846 a function is also provided for this:
1847 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1849 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1850 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1851 date is not visible in the window.
1853 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1854 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1855 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1857 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1858 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1860 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1861 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1862 date is visible in the window.
1864 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1865 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1866 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1868 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1869 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1871 For example,
1873 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1875 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1877 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1878 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1880 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1882 MONTH/DAY
1883 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
1884 MONTHNAME DAY
1885 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
1886 DAYNAME
1888 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1889 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1890 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1891 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1892 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1893 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1894 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1895 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1896 respectively.
1898 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1899 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1900 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1902 DAY/MONTH
1903 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1904 DAY MONTHNAME
1905 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1906 DAYNAME
1908 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1909 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1911 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1912 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1913 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1914 window but will appear in a diary window.
1916 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1917 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1919 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1920 entries (in the default American style):
1922 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1923 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1924 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1925 21: Payday
1926 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1927 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1928 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1929 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1930 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1931 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1932 &* 15 time cards due.
1934 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1935 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1936 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1937 single diary entry
1939 02/11/1989
1940 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1941 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1942 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1943 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1944 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1945 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1947 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1948 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1949 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1951 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1953 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1955 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1956 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1957 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1958 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1959 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1960 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1961 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1962 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1963 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1965 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1966 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1967 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1968 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1969 for these functions for details.
1971 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1972 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1974 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1975 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1977 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1978 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1980 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1981 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1983 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1984 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1985 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1987 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1988 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
1989 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1991 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1992 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1993 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1994 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1996 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1997 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1998 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
1999 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2001 DAY/MONTH
2002 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2003 DAY MONTHNAME
2004 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2005 DAYNAME
2007 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2008 characters with or without a period.")
2010 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2011 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2012 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2014 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2015 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2016 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2018 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2019 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2020 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2022 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2023 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2024 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2026 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2027 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2028 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2029 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2030 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2031 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2033 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2034 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2035 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2037 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2038 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2039 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2040 of the form
2042 #include \"filename\"
2044 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2045 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2046 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2047 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2048 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2050 For example, you could use
2052 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2053 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2054 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2056 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2057 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2058 lexicographic order.")
2060 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2061 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2062 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2064 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2065 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2066 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2067 diary display.
2069 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2070 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2071 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2072 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2073 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2074 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2075 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2077 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2078 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2079 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2080 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2081 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2082 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2083 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2084 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2086 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2087 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2088 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2089 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2090 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2091 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2093 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2094 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2096 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2097 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2098 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2099 of the form
2100 #include \"filename\"
2101 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2102 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2103 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2104 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2105 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2107 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2108 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2109 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2110 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2111 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2112 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2114 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2115 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2116 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2117 are holidays.")
2119 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2120 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2121 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2122 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2123 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2125 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2127 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2128 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2129 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2131 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2133 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2134 *Oriental holidays.
2135 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2137 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2139 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2140 *Local holidays.
2141 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2143 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2145 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2146 *User defined holidays.
2147 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2149 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2151 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2153 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2155 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2157 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2159 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2161 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2163 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2165 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2167 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2168 *Jewish holidays.
2169 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2171 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2173 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2174 *Christian holidays.
2175 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2177 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2179 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2180 *Islamic holidays.
2181 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2183 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2185 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2186 *Sun-related holidays.
2187 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2189 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2191 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2192 The frame set up of the calendar.
2193 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2194 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2195 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2196 any other value the current frame is used.")
2198 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2199 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2200 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2202 ;;;***
2204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14716 17402))
2205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2207 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2208 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2210 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2211 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2213 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2214 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2216 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2217 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2219 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2220 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2222 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2223 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2225 ;;;***
2227 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2228 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2229 ;;;;;; (14716 17402))
2230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2232 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2234 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2235 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2237 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2238 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2239 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2241 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2243 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2244 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2245 run first.
2247 Key bindings:
2248 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2250 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2251 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2252 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2253 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2254 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2255 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2256 message.
2258 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2260 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2261 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2262 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2264 Key bindings:
2265 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2267 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2268 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2269 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2270 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2271 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2272 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2273 message.
2275 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2277 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2278 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2279 is run first.
2281 Key bindings:
2282 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2284 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2285 Major mode for editing Java code.
2286 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2287 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2288 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2289 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2290 message.
2292 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2294 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2295 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2296 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2297 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2298 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2300 Key bindings:
2301 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2303 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2304 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2305 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2306 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2307 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2308 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2309 message.
2311 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2313 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2314 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2315 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2317 Key bindings:
2318 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2320 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2321 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2322 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2323 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2324 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2325 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2326 message.
2328 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2330 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2331 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2332 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2334 Key bindings:
2335 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2337 ;;;***
2339 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2340 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14716 17403))
2341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2343 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2344 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2345 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2346 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2347 for details of setting up styles.
2349 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2350 style name.
2352 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2353 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2354 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2355 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2356 will be reassigned.
2358 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2359 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2360 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2362 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2363 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2364 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2365 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2367 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2369 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2370 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2371 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2373 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2374 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2375 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2376 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2377 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2379 ;;;***
2381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14716 17403))
2382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2384 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2385 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2386 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2387 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2388 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2390 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2391 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2393 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2394 `infodock'.")
2396 ;;;***
2398 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2399 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2400 ;;;;;; (14747 44775))
2401 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2403 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2404 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2406 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2407 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2409 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2410 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2412 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2413 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2414 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2415 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2416 execution.
2418 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2420 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2421 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2423 CCL-PROGRAM is has this form:
2424 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2425 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2426 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2428 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2429 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2430 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2431 `write' commands.
2433 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2434 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2435 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2436 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2438 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2439 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2440 semantics.
2442 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2444 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2446 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2448 STATEMENT :=
2449 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2450 | TRANSLATE | END
2452 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2453 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2454 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2455 | integer
2457 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2459 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute
2460 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2461 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2463 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2464 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2465 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2467 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2468 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2470 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2471 BREAK := (break)
2473 REPEAT :=
2474 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2475 (repeat)
2476 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2477 ;; (repeat))
2478 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2479 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2480 ;; (read REG)
2481 ;; (repeat))
2482 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2483 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2484 ;; (read REG)
2485 ;; (repeat))
2486 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2488 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2489 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2490 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2491 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2492 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2493 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2494 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2495 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2496 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2497 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2498 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2499 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2500 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2501 ;; to ((CODE0 << 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2502 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2503 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2505 WRITE :=
2506 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2507 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2508 ;; representation.
2509 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2510 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2511 ;; (write r7))
2512 | (write EXPRESSION)
2513 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2514 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2515 ;; representation.
2516 | (write integer)
2517 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2518 ;; buffer.
2519 | (write string)
2520 ;; Same as: (write string)
2521 | string
2522 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2523 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2524 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2525 ;; representation.
2526 | (write REG ARRAY)
2527 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2528 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2529 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2530 ;; 8) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2531 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2532 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2534 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2535 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2537 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2538 END := (end)
2540 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2541 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2542 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2544 ARG := REG | integer
2546 OPERATOR :=
2547 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2548 + | - | * | / | %
2550 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2551 | & | `|' | ^
2553 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2554 | << | >>
2556 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2557 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2558 | <8
2560 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2561 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2562 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2563 | >8
2565 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2566 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2567 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2568 | //
2570 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2571 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2573 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2574 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2575 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2576 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
2577 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
2578 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2579 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2580 | de-sjis
2582 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2583 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2584 ;; Shift-JIS code,
2585 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2586 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
2587 ;; (r7 = LOW))
2588 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2589 ;; byte of SJIS.
2590 | en-sjis
2592 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2593 ;; Same meaning as C code
2594 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2596 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2597 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
2598 ;; (REG |= ARG))
2599 | <8=
2601 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2602 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2603 ;; (REG >>= 8))
2605 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2606 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2607 ;; (REG /= ARG))
2608 | //=
2610 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2613 TRANSLATE :=
2614 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2615 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2616 MAP :=
2617 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2618 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2619 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2620 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2621 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2622 MAP-ID := integer
2623 " nil (quote macro))
2625 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2626 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2627 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2628 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2629 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2630 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2632 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2633 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2634 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2636 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2638 ;;;***
2640 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2641 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2642 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2643 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2644 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2645 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2646 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2647 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2648 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
2649 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2651 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2652 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2653 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2654 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2656 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2657 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2658 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2659 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2660 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2661 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2662 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2663 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2665 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2666 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2667 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2668 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2669 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2670 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2671 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2672 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2674 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2675 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2676 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2677 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2678 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2680 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2681 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2682 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2683 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2684 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2686 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2687 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2688 Only documentation strings are checked.
2689 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2690 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2691 a separate buffer." t nil)
2693 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2694 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2695 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2696 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2697 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2699 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2700 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2701 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2702 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2703 if there is one.
2704 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2706 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2707 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2708 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2710 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2711 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2712 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2713 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2714 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2716 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2717 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2718 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2719 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2720 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2721 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2723 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2724 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2725 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2726 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2728 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2729 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2730 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2731 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2733 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2734 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2735 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2736 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2738 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2739 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2740 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2741 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2743 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2744 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2745 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2746 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2748 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2749 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2750 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2751 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2753 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2754 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2755 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2756 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2758 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2759 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2760 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2761 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2763 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2764 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2765 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2766 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2768 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2769 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2770 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2772 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2773 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2774 checking of documentation strings.
2776 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2778 ;;;***
2780 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2781 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
2782 ;;;;;; 45987))
2783 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2785 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2786 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2787 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2789 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2790 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2792 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2793 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2794 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2796 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2797 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2799 ;;;***
2801 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2802 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14819 42852))
2803 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2805 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2806 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2807 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2808 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2809 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2810 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2812 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2813 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2814 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2815 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2816 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2818 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2820 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
2821 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
2822 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2823 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2824 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2826 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2827 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2828 \\{command-history-map}
2830 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
2831 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
2833 ;;;***
2835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14753 19207))
2836 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2838 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2839 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2840 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2841 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2842 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2843 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2845 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2846 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2848 ;;;***
2850 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2851 ;;;;;; (14735 57398))
2852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2854 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2856 ;;;***
2858 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2859 ;;;;;; (14837 50477))
2860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2862 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2863 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2864 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2865 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2867 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2868 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2869 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2871 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2872 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2874 ;;;***
2876 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14831
2877 ;;;;;; 12714))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2880 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2881 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2882 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2883 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2884 of `cmuscheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2885 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2886 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2887 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2889 ;;;***
2891 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2892 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2893 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14720 7113))
2894 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2896 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2897 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2898 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2899 ASCII table.
2901 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2902 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2903 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2904 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2906 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2907 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2908 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2910 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2911 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2912 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2914 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2915 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2916 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2918 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2919 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2921 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2922 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2923 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2925 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2926 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2928 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2929 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2931 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2932 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2933 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2935 ;;;***
2937 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
2938 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
2939 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
2940 ;;;;;; (14841 19790))
2941 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2943 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
2944 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
2945 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
2946 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2947 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2948 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2949 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2950 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2952 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2954 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2955 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2956 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2957 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2958 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2959 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2960 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2961 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2963 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2965 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2966 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2967 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2968 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2969 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2970 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2972 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
2973 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2974 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2976 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2978 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
2979 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2980 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2982 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2984 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
2985 Send COMMAND to current process.
2986 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2987 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2989 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
2990 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
2991 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2992 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2994 ;;;***
2996 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2997 ;;;;;; 18289))
2998 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3000 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3001 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3002 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3003 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3005 This command pushes the mark in each window
3006 at the prior location of point in that window.
3007 If both windows display the same buffer,
3008 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3009 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3011 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3012 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3013 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3015 ;;;***
3017 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3018 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3019 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3020 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14813 6115))
3021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3023 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3024 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3026 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3027 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3029 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3030 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3031 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3032 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3033 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3035 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3036 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3037 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3038 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3039 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3041 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3042 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3043 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3044 describing how the process finished.")
3046 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3047 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3048 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3049 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3051 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3052 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3053 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3055 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3056 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3057 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3058 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3060 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3061 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3062 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3063 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3065 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3066 and move to the source code that caused it.
3068 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3069 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3071 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3072 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3073 Then start the next one.
3075 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3076 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3077 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3079 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3080 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3081 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3082 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3083 where grep found matches.
3085 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3086 easily repeat a grep command.
3088 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3089 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3090 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3091 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3093 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3094 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3095 Collect output in a buffer.
3096 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3097 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3099 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3100 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3102 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3103 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3104 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3105 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3106 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3108 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3110 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3111 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3112 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3113 See `compilation-mode'.
3114 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3116 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3117 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3118 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3119 See `compilation-mode'.
3120 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3122 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3123 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3125 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3126 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3128 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3129 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3130 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3131 and start at the first error.
3133 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3134 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3135 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3136 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3137 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3138 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3140 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3141 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3142 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3144 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3145 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3146 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3148 ;;;***
3150 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3151 ;;;;;; (14807 56558))
3152 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3154 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3155 Toggle Partial-Completion mode.
3156 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3157 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3159 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3161 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3163 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3164 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3165 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3167 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3168 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3169 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3170 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3172 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3173 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3174 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3175 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3177 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
3178 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3179 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
3180 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3182 ;;;***
3184 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3185 ;;;;;; (14635 2463))
3186 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3188 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3189 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3191 ;;;***
3193 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3194 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3195 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3196 ;;;;;; (14720 7113))
3197 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3199 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3200 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3201 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3202 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3203 `make-composition'.
3205 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3207 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3208 | | 1:tc or top-center
3209 | | 2:tr or top-right
3210 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3211 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3212 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3213 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3214 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3215 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3217 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3218 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3219 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3220 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3221 be added.
3223 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3224 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
3225 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3227 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3228 | | |
3229 | global| |
3230 | glyph | |
3231 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3232 +----+--*--+
3233 | | new |
3234 | |glyph|
3235 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3238 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3239 Compose characters in the current region.
3241 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3243 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3244 specifying the region.
3246 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3247 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3249 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3250 of the text in the region.
3252 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3254 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3255 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3256 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3257 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3259 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3260 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3261 detail.
3263 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3264 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3265 text in the composition." t nil)
3267 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3268 Decompose text in the current region.
3270 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3271 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3273 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3274 Compose characters in string STRING.
3276 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3277 the characters in it.
3279 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3280 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3281 STRING respectively.
3283 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3284 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3285 `compose-region' for more detail.
3287 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3288 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3289 text in the composition." nil nil)
3291 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3292 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3294 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3295 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3296 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3297 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3298 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3299 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3300 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3301 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3303 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3304 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3306 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3307 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3309 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3310 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3312 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3313 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3315 If no composition is found, return nil.
3317 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3318 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3320 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3321 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3322 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3324 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3326 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3328 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3329 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3330 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3332 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3334 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3336 (put (quote composition-function-table) (quote char-table-extra-slots) 0)
3338 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
3339 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
3341 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
3342 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
3343 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
3344 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
3345 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
3347 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
3348 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
3350 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3351 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3353 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3354 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3355 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3356 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3357 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3358 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3359 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3360 nil.
3362 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3364 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3365 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3367 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3369 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3371 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3372 Compose last characters.
3373 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
3374 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
3375 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3376 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3377 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
3378 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3379 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3381 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3382 Convert CHAR to string.
3383 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3385 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3386 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3387 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3389 ;;;***
3391 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3392 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
3393 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3395 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3396 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3397 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3399 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3400 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3401 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3403 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3404 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3405 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3406 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3408 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3409 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3411 ;;;***
3413 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3414 ;;;;;; (14463 42380))
3415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3417 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3418 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3419 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3420 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3421 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3422 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3424 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3425 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3427 ;;;***
3429 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3430 ;;;;;; (14838 60190))
3431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3433 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3434 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3435 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3436 Tab indents for Perl code.
3437 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3438 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3440 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3441 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3442 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3443 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3444 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3445 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3446 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3447 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3448 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3449 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3450 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3451 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3453 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3455 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3456 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3458 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3460 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3461 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3462 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3463 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3464 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3465 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3466 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3467 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3468 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3470 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3472 bite if angry;
3474 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3475 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3476 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3477 to nil.)
3479 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3480 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3481 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3483 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3485 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3486 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3487 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3488 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3489 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3491 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3493 if (A) { B }
3495 into
3497 B if A;
3499 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3501 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3502 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3503 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3504 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3505 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3506 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3507 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3508 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3509 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3510 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3511 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3512 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3513 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3515 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3516 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3517 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3518 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3519 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3520 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3522 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3523 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3524 man via menu.
3526 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3527 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3528 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3529 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3530 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3532 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3533 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3534 span the needed amount of lines.
3536 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3537 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3538 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3539 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3541 Variables controlling indentation style:
3542 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3543 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3544 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3545 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3546 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3547 `cperl-auto-newline'
3548 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3549 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3550 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3551 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3552 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3553 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3554 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3555 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3556 `cperl-indent-level'
3557 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3558 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3559 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3560 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3561 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3562 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3563 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3564 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3565 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3566 `cperl-brace-offset'
3567 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3568 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3569 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3570 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3571 `cperl-label-offset'
3572 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3573 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3574 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3576 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3577 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3578 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3579 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3580 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3582 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3583 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3584 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3585 \(both available from menu).
3587 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3588 column 0 is indented on
3589 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3591 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3592 with no args.
3594 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3595 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3596 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3598 ;;;***
3600 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3601 ;;;;;; (14726 41840))
3602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3604 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3605 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3606 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3607 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3608 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3610 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3611 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3613 ;;;***
3615 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3616 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3619 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3620 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3621 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3622 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3625 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3627 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3629 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3631 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3632 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3633 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3635 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3637 ;;;***
3639 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3640 ;;;;;; (14600 36409))
3641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3643 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3644 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3645 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3646 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3648 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3649 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3650 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3651 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3653 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3654 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3655 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3657 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3658 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3659 'bob', and 'eve'.
3661 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3662 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3663 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3665 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3667 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3668 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3669 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3671 ;;;***
3673 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3674 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3675 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3676 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3677 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3678 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3679 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3680 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3681 ;;;;;; (14841 19790))
3682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3683 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3685 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3686 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3688 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3689 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3691 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3692 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3694 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3696 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3697 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3699 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3700 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3702 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3703 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3705 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3706 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3708 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3709 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3711 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3713 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3714 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3715 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3716 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3718 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3719 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3721 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3722 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3724 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3725 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3727 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3729 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3730 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3731 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3732 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3733 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3735 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3736 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3738 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3739 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3741 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3743 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3744 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3746 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3747 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3748 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3749 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3750 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3752 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3753 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3754 version." t nil)
3756 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3758 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3759 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3760 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3762 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3763 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3764 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3766 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3767 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
3769 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3770 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3772 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3773 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3775 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3776 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3777 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3778 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3779 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3780 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3781 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3783 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3784 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3785 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3787 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3788 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3790 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3791 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3793 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3794 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3795 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3796 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3797 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3798 that option." nil nil)
3800 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3801 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3802 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3803 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3804 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3805 that option." nil nil)
3807 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3808 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3810 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3811 File used for storing customization information.
3812 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3813 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3814 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
3816 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
3817 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
3818 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
3819 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
3821 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3822 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3824 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3825 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3827 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3828 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3829 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3831 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3832 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3833 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3834 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3835 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3837 ;;;***
3839 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3840 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14760 55195))
3841 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3843 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3844 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3846 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3847 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3848 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3850 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3852 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3853 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3854 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3856 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3858 ;;;***
3860 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
3861 ;;;;;; (14807 56558))
3862 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
3864 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
3865 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
3867 ;;;***
3869 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
3870 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125))
3871 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
3873 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3874 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
3876 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
3877 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
3878 C++ modes are included.
3880 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3882 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3883 Turn on CWarn mode.
3885 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
3886 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
3888 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3889 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
3891 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3893 ;;;***
3895 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3896 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
3897 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
3898 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3900 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3901 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3903 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3904 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3906 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3907 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3908 For readability, the table is slightly
3909 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3911 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3912 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3913 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3914 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3915 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3917 ;;;***
3919 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3920 ;;;;;; (14688 22818))
3921 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3923 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3925 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3927 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3928 Completion on current word.
3929 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3930 and presents suggestions for completion.
3932 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3933 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3934 completions.
3936 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3937 then it searches *all* buffers.
3939 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3940 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3942 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3943 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3945 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3946 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3947 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3948 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3949 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3951 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3952 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3954 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3955 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3956 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3958 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3959 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3961 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3963 ;;;***
3965 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3966 ;;;;;; 38927))
3967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3969 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3970 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3972 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3973 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3974 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3976 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3977 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3978 Data lines are not indented.
3980 Key bindings:
3982 \\{dcl-mode-map}
3983 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3985 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3986 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3987 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3988 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3990 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3992 dcl-basic-offset
3993 Extra indentation within blocks.
3995 dcl-continuation-offset
3996 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3998 dcl-margin-offset
3999 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4001 dcl-margin-label-offset
4002 Indentation for a label.
4004 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4005 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4007 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4008 dcl-block-end-regexp
4009 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4010 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4011 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4012 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4013 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4015 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4016 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4017 Two such functions are included in the package:
4018 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4019 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4021 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4022 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4023 One such function is included in the package:
4024 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4026 dcl-tab-always-indent
4027 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4028 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4029 margin.
4031 dcl-electric-characters
4032 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4033 typed.
4035 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4036 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4037 which words trigger electric indentation.
4039 dcl-tempo-comma
4040 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4041 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4042 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4044 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4045 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4046 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4047 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4049 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4050 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4051 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4052 dcl-imenu-label-call
4053 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4055 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4056 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4057 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4058 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4061 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4063 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4064 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4065 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4066 $ i = 1
4067 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4068 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4069 $ label:
4070 $ if i.eq.1
4071 $ then
4072 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4073 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4074 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4075 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4076 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4077 \"lined up with the command line\"
4078 $ type sys$input
4079 Data lines are not indented at all.
4080 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4081 $ endif
4083 " t nil)
4085 ;;;***
4087 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4088 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
4089 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4091 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4093 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4094 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4095 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4096 of the evaluator.
4098 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4099 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4100 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4102 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4103 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4104 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4105 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4106 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4107 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4108 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4110 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4111 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4112 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4114 ;;;***
4116 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4117 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
4118 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4120 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4121 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4123 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4124 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4125 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4126 Upper-case letters are commands.
4128 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4129 modify it.
4131 The most useful commands are:
4132 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4133 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4134 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4135 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4136 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4137 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4139 ;;;***
4141 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4142 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14838
4143 ;;;;;; 45509))
4144 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4146 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4147 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4149 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4150 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4152 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4154 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4155 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4157 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4159 ;;;***
4161 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
4162 ;;;;;; 12112))
4163 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4165 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4166 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4167 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4168 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4169 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4170 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4172 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4174 Customization:
4176 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4177 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4178 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4179 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4180 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4181 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4182 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4183 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4184 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4185 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4186 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4187 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4188 blank line.
4189 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4190 Directories to search when finding external units.
4191 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4192 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4194 Coloring:
4196 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4197 Face used to color delphi comments.
4198 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4199 Face used to color delphi strings.
4200 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4201 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4202 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4203 Face used to color everything else.
4205 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4206 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4208 ;;;***
4210 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14807
4211 ;;;;;; 56558))
4212 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4214 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4216 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4217 Toggle Delete-Selection mode.
4218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4219 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4221 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4223 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4225 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4226 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4227 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4228 positive.
4230 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4231 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4232 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4233 any selection." t nil)
4235 ;;;***
4237 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
4238 ;;;;;; (14638 25337))
4239 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4241 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4242 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4243 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4244 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4245 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4247 ;;;***
4249 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4250 ;;;;;; (14822 58259))
4251 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4253 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4254 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4255 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4257 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4258 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4259 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4260 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4262 ;;;***
4264 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4265 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4266 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4267 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4268 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4269 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4270 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4271 ;;;;;; (14776 10060))
4272 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4274 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4275 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4276 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4278 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4279 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4280 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4282 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4283 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4284 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4285 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4287 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4288 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4289 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4290 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4292 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4293 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4295 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4296 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4297 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4299 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4300 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4302 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4304 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4306 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4308 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4309 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4311 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4313 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4314 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4316 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4318 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4320 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4322 ;;;***
4324 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4325 ;;;;;; (14821 46405))
4326 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4328 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4329 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4330 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4331 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4332 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4334 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4335 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4336 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4338 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4339 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4340 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4341 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4343 #!/bin/sh
4344 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4345 emacs -batch \\
4346 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4347 european-calendar-style t \\
4348 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4349 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4350 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4352 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4353 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4354 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4355 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4357 ;;;***
4359 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4360 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
4361 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4363 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4364 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4366 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4367 *The command to use to run diff.")
4369 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4370 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4371 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4372 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4373 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4375 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4376 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4377 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4378 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4379 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4381 ;;;***
4383 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4384 ;;;;;; (14831 12714))
4385 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4387 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4388 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4389 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4390 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4391 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4392 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4394 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4395 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4396 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4398 ;;;***
4400 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4401 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4402 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4403 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4404 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14831 34695))
4405 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4407 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4408 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4409 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4410 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4411 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4413 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4414 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4416 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4417 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4418 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4419 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4420 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4422 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4423 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4425 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4426 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4427 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4428 always set this variable to t.")
4430 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4431 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4432 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4433 A value of t means move to first file.")
4435 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4436 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4437 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4438 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4439 are afterward marked with that character.")
4441 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4442 *Controls marking of copied files.
4443 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4444 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4446 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4447 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4448 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4449 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4451 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4452 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4453 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4454 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4456 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4457 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4458 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4459 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4461 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4463 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4464 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4465 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4466 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4468 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4469 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4470 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4471 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4472 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4473 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4474 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4475 list of files to make directory entries for.
4476 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4477 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4478 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4479 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4481 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4482 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4484 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4485 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4486 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4488 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4489 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4491 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4492 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4494 ;;;***
4496 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4497 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4498 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4499 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4500 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4501 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4502 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4503 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4504 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4505 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4506 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4507 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4508 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14811 51864))
4509 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4511 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4512 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4513 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4514 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4515 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4516 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4518 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4519 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4520 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4521 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4522 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4523 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4525 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4526 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4527 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4529 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4530 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4532 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4533 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4535 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4536 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4537 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4538 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4540 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4541 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4542 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4543 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4544 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4546 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4548 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4549 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4550 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4552 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4553 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4554 instead of att the end of the command.
4556 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4557 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4558 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4560 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4561 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4563 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4564 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4566 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4567 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4568 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4569 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4570 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4571 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4573 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4575 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4576 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4578 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4579 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4581 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4582 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4584 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4585 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4586 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4587 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4589 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4591 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4593 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4595 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4597 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4599 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4600 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4602 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4603 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4604 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4605 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4606 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4607 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4608 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4610 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4611 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4612 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4613 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4614 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4615 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4617 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4618 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4619 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4620 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4621 and new hard links are made in that directory
4622 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4624 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4625 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4626 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4627 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4629 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4630 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4631 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4632 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4633 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4634 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4636 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4637 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4639 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4640 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4641 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4643 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4644 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4645 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4647 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4648 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4649 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4651 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4652 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4654 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4655 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4657 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4658 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4659 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4660 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4661 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4662 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4663 this subdirectory.
4664 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4666 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4667 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4668 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4669 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4670 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4671 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4672 this subdirectory.
4673 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4675 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4676 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4677 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4679 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4680 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4681 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4682 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4684 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4685 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4686 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4687 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4689 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4690 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4691 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4693 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4694 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4696 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4697 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4699 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4700 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4701 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4702 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4704 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4705 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4706 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4707 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4709 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4710 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4711 Stops when a match is found.
4712 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4714 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4715 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4716 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4717 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4718 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4720 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
4721 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
4722 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
4723 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
4725 ;;;***
4727 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14524 61610))
4728 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4730 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4731 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4732 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4733 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4734 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4735 buffer and try again." t nil)
4737 ;;;***
4739 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14831 12714))
4740 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4742 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4743 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4744 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4746 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4748 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4749 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4751 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4752 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4753 " nil nil)
4755 ;;;***
4757 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4758 ;;;;;; 9615))
4759 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4761 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4762 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4763 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4764 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4765 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4766 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4768 ;;;***
4770 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4771 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4772 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4773 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4774 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14758 10468))
4775 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4777 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4778 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4780 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4781 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4782 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4783 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4784 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4786 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4787 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4788 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4789 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4790 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4792 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4793 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4795 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4796 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4798 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4799 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4801 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4802 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4804 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4805 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4807 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4808 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4809 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4810 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4812 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4813 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4814 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4815 X frame." nil nil)
4817 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4818 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4820 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
4821 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
4823 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4824 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4826 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4827 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4828 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4829 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4831 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4832 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4833 European character display.
4835 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4836 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4837 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4838 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4840 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4841 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4842 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4843 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4844 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
4846 ;;;***
4848 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4849 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4850 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4852 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4853 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4854 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4855 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4856 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4857 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4858 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4859 Default is 2." t nil)
4861 ;;;***
4863 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14831 613))
4864 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4866 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4867 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4869 ;;;***
4871 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4872 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
4873 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4875 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4876 Toggle Double mode.
4877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4878 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4880 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4882 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4884 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4885 Toggle Double mode.
4886 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4888 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4889 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4891 ;;;***
4893 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
4894 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4896 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4897 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4899 ;;;***
4901 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4902 ;;;;;; (14792 2673))
4903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4905 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4906 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4908 ;;;***
4910 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
4911 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-keymap easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode)
4912 ;;;;;; "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14842 29274))
4913 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4915 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
4917 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4918 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4919 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
4920 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook. If MODE is buffer-local, then
4921 turn-on-MODE and turn-off-MODE commands are also generated for use in hooks,
4922 and an optional global-MODE mode may also be generated.
4924 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4925 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
4926 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
4927 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4928 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4929 in order to build a valid keymap.
4930 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
4931 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
4932 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
4933 Currently three such keyword arguments are supported:
4934 :group, followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
4935 :global, followed by a value, which --
4936 If `t' specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
4937 buffer-local (by default, the variable is made buffer-local).
4938 If non-nil, but not `t' (for instance, `:global optionally'), then
4939 specifies that the minor mode should be buffer-local, but that a
4940 corresponding `global-MODE' function should also be added, which can
4941 be used to turn on MODE in every buffer.
4942 :conditional-turn-on, followed by a function-name which turns on MODE
4943 only when applicable to the current buffer. This is used in
4944 conjunction with any `global-MODE' function (see :global above) when
4945 turning on the buffer-local minor mode. By default, any generated
4946 `global-MODE' function unconditionally turns on the minor mode in
4947 every new buffer." nil (quote macro))
4949 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4950 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the MODE buffer-local minor mode.
4951 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
4952 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
4953 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
4954 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
4956 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
4957 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
4958 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
4959 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
4960 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
4961 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
4962 ARGS is a list of additional arguments." nil nil)
4964 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4966 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
4967 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
4968 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
4969 " nil (quote macro))
4971 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4972 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4974 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4976 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4977 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4978 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4979 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4980 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4981 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4982 hooks for the new mode.
4984 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4986 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4988 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4989 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4990 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4992 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4993 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4995 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4996 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4997 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4999 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5000 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
5002 ;;;***
5004 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5005 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14702
5006 ;;;;;; 63698))
5007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5009 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5010 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5011 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5012 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5014 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5015 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5017 :filter FUNCTION
5019 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5020 menu displayed.
5022 :visible INCLUDE
5024 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5025 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5027 :active ENABLE
5029 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5030 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5032 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5034 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5036 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5038 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5039 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5041 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5042 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5044 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5046 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5048 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5050 :keys KEYS
5052 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5053 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5054 computed automatically.
5055 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5057 :key-sequence KEYS
5059 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5060 menu item.
5061 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5062 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5063 keyboard equivalent.
5065 :active ENABLE
5067 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5068 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5070 :included INCLUDE
5072 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5073 expression has a non-nil value.
5075 :suffix FORM
5077 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5078 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5080 :style STYLE
5082 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5083 defined:
5085 toggle: A checkbox.
5086 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5087 radio: A radio button.
5088 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5089 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5090 menu bar itself.
5091 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5093 :selected SELECTED
5095 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5096 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5098 :help HELP
5100 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5102 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5103 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5104 as a solid horizontal line.
5106 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5108 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5110 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5111 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5112 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5113 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5115 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5116 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5117 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5118 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5119 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5120 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5122 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5123 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5124 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5126 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5127 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5129 ;;;***
5131 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5132 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5133 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5134 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5135 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14763 39810))
5136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5138 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5139 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5141 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5142 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5144 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5145 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5146 it to the printer.
5148 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5149 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5150 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5151 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5153 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5154 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5155 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5157 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5158 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5159 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5160 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5162 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5164 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5165 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5166 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5168 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5170 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5171 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5173 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5174 The EPS file name has the following form:
5176 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5178 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5179 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5181 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5182 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5183 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5184 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5186 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5188 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5189 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5191 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5192 The EPS file name has the following form:
5194 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5196 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5197 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5199 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5200 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5201 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5202 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5204 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5206 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5208 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5209 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5211 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5212 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5214 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5215 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5217 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5218 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5220 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5221 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5223 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5224 Set STYLE to current style.
5226 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5228 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5229 Reset current style.
5231 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5233 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5234 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5236 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5238 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5239 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5241 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5243 ;;;***
5245 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
5246 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
5247 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14727
5248 ;;;;;; 65050))
5249 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5251 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5252 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5253 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5254 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5255 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5256 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5258 Tree mode key bindings:
5259 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5261 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5262 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5264 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5265 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5266 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5267 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5268 completion." t nil)
5270 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5271 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5272 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5273 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5275 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5276 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5277 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5279 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5280 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5281 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5282 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5284 ;;;***
5286 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5287 ;;;;;; (14782 11910))
5288 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5290 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5291 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5292 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5293 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5295 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5296 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5297 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5299 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5300 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5301 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5303 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5305 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5307 ;;;***
5309 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5310 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
5311 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5313 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5314 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5315 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5317 ;;;***
5319 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5320 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14814 33058))
5321 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5323 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5324 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5325 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5326 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5327 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5329 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5330 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5331 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5332 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5334 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5335 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5336 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5337 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5339 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5340 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5341 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5342 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5344 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5346 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5347 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5348 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5349 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5350 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5352 ;;;***
5354 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5355 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5356 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5357 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5358 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5359 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5360 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5361 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5362 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5363 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
5364 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5366 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5367 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5369 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5370 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5372 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5374 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5376 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5377 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5379 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5381 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5382 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5384 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5386 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5387 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5388 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5389 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5391 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5393 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5394 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5395 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5396 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5398 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5400 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5401 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5402 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5403 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5405 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5407 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5408 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5409 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5410 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5412 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5414 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5415 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5416 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5417 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5418 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5419 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5421 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5422 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5423 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5424 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5426 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5428 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5429 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5430 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5431 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5433 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5435 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5437 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5438 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5439 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5440 follows:
5441 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5442 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5444 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5445 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5446 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5447 follows:
5448 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5449 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5451 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5452 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5453 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5454 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5455 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5457 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5458 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5459 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5460 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5461 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5462 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5464 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5466 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5467 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5469 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5470 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5472 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5474 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5475 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5477 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5478 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5480 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5481 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5482 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5483 buffer." t nil)
5485 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5486 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5487 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5488 buffer." t nil)
5490 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5491 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5492 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5493 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5495 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5496 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5497 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5498 and don't ask the user.
5499 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5500 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5502 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5503 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
5505 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5507 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5509 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5510 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5511 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5512 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5514 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5516 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5517 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5518 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5520 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5521 Display Ediff's manual.
5522 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5524 ;;;***
5526 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5527 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
5528 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5530 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5532 ;;;***
5534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5537 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5539 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
5541 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5543 ;;;***
5545 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5546 ;;;;;; (14636 62704))
5547 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5549 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5550 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5552 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5554 ;;;***
5556 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5557 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
5558 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5560 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5561 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5562 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5563 which see." t nil)
5565 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5566 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5567 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5568 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5570 ;;;***
5572 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5573 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5574 ;;;;;; (14634 20435))
5575 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5576 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5578 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5579 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5580 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5582 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5583 Edit a keyboard macro.
5584 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5585 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5586 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5587 its command name.
5588 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5590 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5591 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5593 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5594 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5596 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5597 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5598 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5599 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5600 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5601 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5603 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5604 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5605 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5606 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5608 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5609 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5610 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5611 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5612 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5613 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5615 ;;;***
5617 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
5618 ;;;;;; 33724))
5619 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5621 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5622 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5624 ;;;***
5626 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5627 ;;;;;; (14793 26118))
5628 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5630 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5631 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5632 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5633 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5634 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5635 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5636 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5637 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5639 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5640 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5642 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5643 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5644 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5645 this value is non-nil.
5647 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5648 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5649 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5651 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5652 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5653 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5655 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5657 ;;;***
5659 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
5660 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14716 17385))
5661 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5663 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5664 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5666 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5667 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5668 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5669 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5670 from the documentation string if possible.
5672 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5673 instead.
5675 This variable is buffer-local.")
5677 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
5678 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
5680 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
5682 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5683 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5684 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5686 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5687 of the mode.
5688 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5689 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5691 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5692 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5694 ;;;***
5696 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
5697 ;;;;;; 17971))
5698 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5700 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5701 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5703 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5704 an elided material again.
5706 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5708 ;;;***
5710 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5711 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5714 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5715 Initialize elint." t nil)
5717 ;;;***
5719 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
5720 ;;;;;; elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el"
5721 ;;;;;; (14638 40759))
5722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5724 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5725 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5726 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5728 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
5729 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
5730 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5732 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5733 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5734 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5736 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5737 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5738 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5740 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5742 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5743 Display current profiling results.
5744 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5745 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5746 displayed." t nil)
5748 ;;;***
5750 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5751 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
5752 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5754 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5755 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5756 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5758 ;;;***
5760 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5761 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5762 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5763 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5764 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14675 3134))
5765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5767 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5769 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5771 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5773 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5775 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5777 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5779 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5781 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5783 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
5785 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
5786 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
5788 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5789 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
5791 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
5792 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
5794 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5795 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
5797 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5799 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5801 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5803 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5805 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
5806 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
5808 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5809 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
5811 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
5813 ;;;***
5815 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
5816 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
5817 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
5819 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
5820 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
5821 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5823 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
5824 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
5825 automatically.
5827 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
5828 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
5829 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
5831 ;;;***
5833 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
5834 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14748 29984))
5835 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
5837 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
5838 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
5839 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
5840 text/enriched format.
5841 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
5843 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
5844 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
5846 Commands:
5848 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
5850 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5852 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5854 ;;;***
5856 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14828
5857 ;;;;;; 11553))
5858 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
5860 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
5861 Emacs shell interactive mode.
5863 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
5865 ;;;***
5867 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14827
5868 ;;;;;; 38210))
5869 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
5871 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
5872 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
5874 ;;;***
5876 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
5877 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14823 8292))
5878 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
5880 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
5881 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
5882 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
5883 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
5884 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
5885 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
5886 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
5888 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
5889 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
5890 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
5892 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
5893 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
5894 The result might be any Lisp object.
5895 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
5896 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
5897 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
5899 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
5900 Report a bug in Eshell.
5901 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
5902 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
5904 ;;;***
5906 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
5907 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
5908 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
5909 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
5910 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
5911 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14817
5912 ;;;;;; 11667))
5913 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
5915 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
5916 *File name of tags table.
5917 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
5918 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
5919 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5920 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
5922 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
5923 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
5924 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
5925 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
5927 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
5928 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
5929 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
5930 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
5931 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
5932 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5934 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
5935 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
5936 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
5937 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
5938 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
5940 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
5941 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
5942 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
5943 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
5945 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
5946 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
5947 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
5948 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
5949 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
5951 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
5952 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
5953 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
5954 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
5956 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
5957 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
5958 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
5959 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
5960 file the tag was in." t nil)
5962 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
5963 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
5964 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
5965 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
5966 without directory names." nil nil)
5968 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
5969 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5970 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
5971 but does not select the buffer.
5972 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
5974 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5975 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5976 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5977 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5978 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5980 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5982 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5983 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5984 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5986 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5988 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
5989 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5990 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
5991 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
5993 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5994 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5995 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5996 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5997 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5999 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6001 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6002 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6003 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6005 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6006 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6008 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6009 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6010 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6011 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6012 around or before point.
6014 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6015 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6016 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6017 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6018 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6020 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6022 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6023 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6024 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6026 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6027 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6029 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6030 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6031 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6032 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6033 around or before point.
6035 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6036 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6037 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6038 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6039 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6041 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6043 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6044 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6045 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6047 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6048 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6050 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6051 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6052 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6054 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6055 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6056 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6057 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6058 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6060 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6062 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6063 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6064 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6066 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6067 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6068 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6070 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6071 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6073 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6074 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6075 where they were found." t nil)
6077 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6078 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6080 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6081 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6082 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6084 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6085 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6087 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6088 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6090 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6091 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6092 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6093 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6095 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6096 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6097 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6098 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6099 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6100 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6102 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6103 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6104 Stops when a match is found.
6105 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6107 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6109 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6110 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6111 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6112 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6113 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6115 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6117 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6118 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6119 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6120 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6121 directory specification." t nil)
6123 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6124 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6126 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6127 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6128 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6129 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6131 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6132 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6133 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6134 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6135 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6137 ;;;***
6139 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6140 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6141 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6142 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6143 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6144 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6145 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6146 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
6147 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6149 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6151 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6152 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6153 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6154 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6156 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6157 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6158 language.
6160 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6161 even if the buffer is read-only.
6163 See also the descriptions of the variables
6164 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6165 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6167 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6168 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6170 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6171 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6173 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6174 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6175 language.
6177 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6178 buffer is read-only.
6180 See also the descriptions of the variables
6181 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6182 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6184 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6185 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6186 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6188 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6189 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6191 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6192 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6194 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6195 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6197 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6198 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6199 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6200 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6202 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6203 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6204 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6205 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6207 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6208 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6209 the primary language.
6211 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6212 buffer is read-only.
6214 See also the descriptions of the variables
6215 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6216 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6218 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6219 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6220 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6221 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6223 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6224 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6225 primary language.
6227 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6228 buffer is read-only.
6230 See also the descriptions of the variables
6231 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6232 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6234 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6235 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6236 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6238 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6239 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6241 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6242 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6243 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6244 3) convert the body into SERA.
6246 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6248 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6249 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6250 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6252 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6253 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6255 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6256 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6258 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6259 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6260 be 1, 2, or 3.
6262 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6263 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6264 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6266 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6268 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6269 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6271 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6272 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6273 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6275 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6276 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6278 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6279 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6281 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6282 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6284 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6285 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6287 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6288 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6290 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6291 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6293 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6294 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6296 ;;;***
6298 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6299 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6300 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
6301 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6303 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6304 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6305 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6306 server for future sessions." t nil)
6308 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6309 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6311 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6312 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6314 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6315 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6316 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6317 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6318 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6319 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6320 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6321 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6322 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6323 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6324 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6325 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6327 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6328 Display a form to query the directory server.
6329 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6330 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6332 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6333 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6334 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6336 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6338 ;;;***
6340 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6341 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6342 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 55579))
6343 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6345 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6346 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6348 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6349 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6351 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6352 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6354 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6355 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6357 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6358 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6360 ;;;***
6362 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6363 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 59510))
6364 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6366 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6367 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6368 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6370 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6371 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6373 ;;;***
6375 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6376 ;;;;;; (14460 59510))
6377 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6379 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6380 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6382 ;;;***
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6385 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6386 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 17652))
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6389 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6390 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6391 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6393 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6394 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6395 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6396 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6397 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6398 executable." t nil)
6400 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6401 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6402 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6404 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6405 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6406 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6407 file modes." nil nil)
6409 ;;;***
6411 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6412 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 20274))
6413 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6415 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6416 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6417 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6418 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6420 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6422 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6423 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6424 to generate such functions.
6426 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6427 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6428 beginning of the expanded text.
6430 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6431 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6432 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6433 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6435 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6437 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6438 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6439 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6441 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6442 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6443 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6444 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6445 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6447 ;;;***
6449 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14624 3716))
6450 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6452 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6453 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6455 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6456 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6457 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6459 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6461 Key definitions:
6462 \\{f90-mode-map}
6464 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6466 f90-do-indent
6467 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6468 f90-if-indent
6469 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6470 f90-type-indent
6471 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6472 f90-program-indent
6473 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6474 (default 2)
6475 f90-continuation-indent
6476 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6477 f90-comment-region
6478 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6479 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6480 f90-indented-comment-re
6481 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6482 (default \"!\")
6483 f90-directive-comment-re
6484 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6485 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6486 f90-break-delimiters
6487 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6488 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6489 f90-break-before-delimiters
6490 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6491 (default t)
6492 f90-beginning-ampersand
6493 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6494 f90-smart-end
6495 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6496 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6497 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6498 f90-auto-keyword-case
6499 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6500 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6501 f90-leave-line-no
6502 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6503 f90-startup-message
6504 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6505 f90-keywords-re
6506 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6508 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6509 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6511 ;;;***
6513 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6514 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6515 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6516 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6517 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14693 49864))
6518 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6519 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6520 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6522 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6523 Menu keymap for faces.")
6525 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6527 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6528 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6530 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6532 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6533 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6535 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6537 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6538 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6540 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6542 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6543 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6545 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6547 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6548 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6550 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6552 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6553 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6555 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6557 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6559 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6561 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6563 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6564 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6565 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6566 will not show through at all will be removed.
6568 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6570 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6571 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6573 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6574 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6575 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6577 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6578 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6579 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6580 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6581 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6582 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6583 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6584 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6586 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6587 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6588 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6589 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6590 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6591 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6592 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6593 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6595 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6596 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6597 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6598 is the menu item's name.
6600 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6601 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6603 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6604 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6605 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6607 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6608 Make the region invisible.
6609 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6610 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6612 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6613 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6614 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6615 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6617 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6618 Make the region unmodifiable.
6619 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6620 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6622 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6623 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6625 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6626 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6628 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6629 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6630 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6632 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6633 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6635 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6636 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6638 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6639 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6640 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6641 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6642 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6644 ;;;***
6646 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6647 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6648 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6650 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6651 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6652 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6653 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6655 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6657 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6658 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6659 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6661 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6662 - When you save the file's buffer.
6663 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6664 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6665 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6666 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6668 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6670 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6671 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6672 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6673 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6675 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6676 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6678 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6680 ;;;***
6682 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6683 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
6684 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 51114))
6685 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6687 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6688 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6690 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6691 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6692 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6693 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6695 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6696 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6697 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6698 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6699 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6701 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6702 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6703 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6704 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6705 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6706 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6707 internally by feedmail):
6709 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6710 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6711 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6712 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6714 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6715 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6716 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6717 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6718 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6720 ;;;***
6722 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
6723 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14736 26478))
6724 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6726 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6727 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6728 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6729 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6730 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6731 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6732 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6734 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6735 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6736 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6737 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6738 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6739 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6740 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6742 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6743 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6745 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6746 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6747 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6748 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6749 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6750 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6752 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6753 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6754 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6755 Return value:
6756 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6757 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6758 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6760 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6761 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6763 ;;;***
6765 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6766 ;;;;;; (14767 36637))
6767 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6769 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6770 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6771 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6772 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6773 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6774 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
6775 \(directories) is done." t nil)
6776 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6777 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6778 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6780 ;;;***
6782 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
6783 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14718 5093))
6784 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
6786 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
6787 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
6788 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
6789 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
6790 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
6792 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
6793 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
6794 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
6795 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
6797 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
6798 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
6799 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6801 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
6803 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
6804 as the final argument." t nil)
6806 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
6807 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
6808 and run dired on those files.
6809 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
6810 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6812 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
6814 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
6815 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
6816 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6818 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
6820 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
6822 ;;;***
6824 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
6825 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
6826 ;;;;;; (14746 24125))
6827 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
6829 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
6830 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6831 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
6833 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
6835 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6836 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6837 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
6839 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
6840 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
6842 Variables of interest include:
6844 - `ff-case-fold-search'
6845 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
6846 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
6848 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
6849 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
6850 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
6852 - `ff-ignore-include'
6853 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
6855 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
6856 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
6858 - `ff-quiet-mode'
6859 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
6861 - `ff-special-constructs'
6862 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
6863 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
6864 extracting the filename from that construct.
6866 - `ff-other-file-alist'
6867 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
6869 - `ff-search-directories'
6870 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
6871 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
6873 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
6874 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
6876 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
6877 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
6879 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
6880 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
6882 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
6883 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
6885 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
6886 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
6888 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6889 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6891 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
6892 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
6894 ;;;***
6896 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
6897 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
6898 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
6899 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
6900 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
6901 ;;;;;; (14814 33058))
6902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
6904 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
6905 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
6907 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
6908 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6909 not selected.
6911 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
6912 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
6913 in `load-path'." nil nil)
6915 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
6916 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
6918 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
6919 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
6920 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6921 it is one of the current buffers.
6923 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
6924 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6925 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6927 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
6928 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6930 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6932 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6933 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6935 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6937 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
6938 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
6940 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
6941 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6942 not selected.
6944 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6945 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
6947 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
6948 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
6950 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
6951 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
6952 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6953 it is one of the current buffers.
6955 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6956 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6957 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6959 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
6960 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6962 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6964 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6965 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6967 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6969 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
6970 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
6971 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
6973 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
6974 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6976 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
6977 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6979 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
6980 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
6982 ;;;***
6984 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
6985 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14747 44772))
6986 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
6988 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
6989 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
6991 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
6992 Display FILE's commentary section.
6993 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
6995 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
6996 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
6998 ;;;***
7000 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7001 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7002 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7004 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7005 Toggle flow control handling.
7006 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7007 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7009 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7010 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7011 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7012 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7013 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7014 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7016 ;;;***
7018 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode
7019 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
7020 ;;;;;; (14720 7116))
7021 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7023 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7024 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7025 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7027 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7028 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7030 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7032 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7033 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7034 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7035 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7036 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7037 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7039 Bindings:
7040 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7041 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7042 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7044 Hooks:
7045 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7047 Remark:
7048 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7049 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7050 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7052 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7053 consider adding:
7054 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7055 in your .emacs file.
7057 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7059 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7061 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7063 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7064 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7066 ;;;***
7068 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7069 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7070 ;;;;;; (14392 8635))
7071 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7073 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7074 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7076 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7077 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7079 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7080 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7082 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7083 of two major techniques:
7085 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7086 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7087 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7089 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7090 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7091 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7092 movement commands.
7094 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7095 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7096 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7097 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7098 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7099 mileage may vary).
7101 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7102 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7104 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7106 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7107 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7108 \(This is the default.)
7110 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7111 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7113 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7114 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7116 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7117 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7119 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7120 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7121 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7122 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7123 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7124 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7126 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7127 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7128 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7130 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7131 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7132 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7134 ;;;***
7136 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7137 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
7138 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
7139 ;;;;;; (14829 31693))
7140 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7142 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7144 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
7145 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
7147 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7148 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7149 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7150 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7152 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7154 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7155 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7156 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7157 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7159 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7160 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7162 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7163 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7165 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7167 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7168 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7169 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7171 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7173 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7174 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7175 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7176 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7177 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7178 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7180 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7181 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7183 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7184 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7186 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7187 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7188 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7190 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7191 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7193 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7194 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7195 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7197 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7198 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7199 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7201 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7202 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
7203 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
7205 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7206 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7207 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7208 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7209 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7210 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7211 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7212 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7213 end of the current highlighting list.
7215 For example:
7217 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7218 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7219 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7221 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7222 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7224 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7225 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7226 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7228 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7229 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7231 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7232 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
7234 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7235 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
7236 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7237 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7238 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
7239 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
7241 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
7242 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
7244 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7245 highlighting different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face]." t nil)
7247 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7248 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
7249 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
7250 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
7251 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7252 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7254 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7256 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7258 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7259 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7261 ;;;***
7263 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7264 ;;;;;; (14830 53156))
7265 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7267 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7268 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7269 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7270 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7271 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7273 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7274 compatibility.
7276 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7277 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7279 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7281 ;;;***
7283 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
7284 ;;;;;; 9680))
7285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7287 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7288 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7289 \\<message-mode-map>
7290 key binding
7291 --- -------
7293 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7294 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7295 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7296 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7297 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7298 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7299 " t nil)
7301 ;;;***
7303 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7304 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
7305 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7307 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7308 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7310 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7311 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7312 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7313 C-c < forms-first-record <
7314 C-c > forms-last-record >
7315 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7316 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7317 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7318 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7319 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7320 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7321 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7322 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7323 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7324 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7325 " t nil)
7327 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7328 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7330 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7331 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7333 ;;;***
7335 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7336 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14798 40436))
7337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7339 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7340 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7341 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7342 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7343 with a character in column 6.")
7345 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7346 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7347 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7348 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7350 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7351 Fortran keywords.
7353 Key definitions:
7354 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7356 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7358 `comment-start'
7359 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7360 set this to the string \"!\".
7361 `fortran-do-indent'
7362 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7363 `fortran-if-indent'
7364 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7365 `fortran-structure-indent'
7366 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7367 (default 3)
7368 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7369 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7370 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7371 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7372 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7373 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7374 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7375 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7376 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7377 (for TAB format continuation style).
7378 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7379 indentation for a line of code.
7380 (default 'fixed)
7381 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7382 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7383 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7384 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7385 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7386 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7387 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7388 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7389 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7390 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7391 column 5. (default 1)
7392 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7393 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7394 statements. (default nil)
7395 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7396 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7397 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7398 statement. (default nil)
7399 `fortran-continuation-string'
7400 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7401 line. (default \"$\")
7402 `fortran-comment-region'
7403 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7404 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7405 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7406 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7407 as typed. (default t)
7408 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7409 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7410 (default t)
7412 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7413 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7415 ;;;***
7417 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7418 ;;;;;; (14811 40477))
7419 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7421 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7422 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7424 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7425 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7427 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7428 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7429 function.
7431 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7432 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7433 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7434 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7435 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7436 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7438 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7439 Each keyword should be a string.
7441 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7442 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7444 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7445 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7446 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7448 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7450 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7452 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7453 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7454 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7455 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7457 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7458 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7460 ;;;***
7462 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7463 ;;;;;; (14746 24126))
7464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7466 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7467 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7468 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7469 at places they belong to." t nil)
7471 ;;;***
7473 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7474 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14842 10645))
7475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7477 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7478 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7480 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7481 Read network news.
7482 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7483 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7484 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7485 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7486 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7488 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7489 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7491 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7492 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7494 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7495 Read network news.
7496 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7497 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7498 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7500 ;;;***
7502 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7503 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7504 ;;;;;; (14842 10643))
7505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7507 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7508 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7510 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7511 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7513 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7514 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7515 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7516 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7518 \(gnus-agentize)
7520 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7521 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7522 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7524 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7525 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7527 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7529 ;;;***
7531 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7532 ;;;;;; (14842 36876))
7533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7535 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7536 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
7538 ;;;***
7540 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7541 ;;;;;; (14813 58974))
7542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7544 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7545 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
7547 ;;;***
7549 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7550 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14792
7551 ;;;;;; 2675))
7552 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7554 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7555 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7557 Usage:
7558 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7560 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7561 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7563 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7564 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7566 ;;;***
7568 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7569 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14842 10645))
7570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7572 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7573 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7574 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7576 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7577 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7579 ;;;***
7581 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7582 ;;;;;; (14813 6105))
7583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7585 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7587 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7588 Run batched scoring.
7589 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7591 ;;;***
7593 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
7594 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
7595 ;;;;;; (14791 27226))
7596 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
7598 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7599 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
7600 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
7601 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
7602 group parameters.
7604 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
7605 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
7606 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
7607 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook." t nil)
7609 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7610 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params.
7611 It does this by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil DEFAULTGROUP)." t nil)
7613 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7614 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
7615 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
7617 If no group is defined as catch-all, the value of
7618 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used.
7620 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
7622 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7623 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
7624 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
7626 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
7628 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
7629 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
7630 existing groups are considered.
7632 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
7633 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
7634 returned.
7636 if CATCH-ALL is not nil, and there is no selected group whose
7637 SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is there a selected group
7638 whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this group name will be appended to
7639 the returned SPLIT list, as the last element in a '| SPLIT.
7641 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
7642 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
7643 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
7644 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
7645 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
7646 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
7647 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
7648 clauses will be generated.
7650 For example, given the following group parameters:
7652 nnml:mail.bar:
7653 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
7654 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
7655 nnml:mail.foo:
7656 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
7657 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
7658 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
7659 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
7660 nnml:mail.others:
7661 \((split-spec . catch-all))
7663 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
7665 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
7666 \"mail.bar\")
7667 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
7668 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
7669 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
7671 ;;;***
7673 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7674 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
7675 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7677 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7678 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7679 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7681 ;;;***
7683 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14793
7684 ;;;;;; 26123))
7685 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
7687 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
7688 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
7689 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
7690 the Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
7692 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
7694 ;;;***
7696 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
7697 ;;;;;; (14842 10645))
7698 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7700 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7701 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7702 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7703 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
7704 part is ignored.
7706 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
7707 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
7708 rather than using this function." nil nil)
7710 ;;;***
7712 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7713 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
7714 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7716 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7717 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7718 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7719 for matching on group names.
7721 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7722 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7724 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7726 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7728 ;;;***
7730 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7731 ;;;;;; (14792 2677))
7732 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7734 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7735 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7737 ;;;***
7739 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7740 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14841 19792))
7741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7743 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7744 Unload all Gnus features.
7745 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
7746 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
7747 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
7749 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7750 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7752 ;;;***
7754 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7755 ;;;;;; (14792 2682))
7756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7758 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7759 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
7761 ;;;***
7763 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 41839))
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
7766 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
7767 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
7768 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
7769 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
7770 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
7772 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
7773 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
7774 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
7776 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
7777 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
7778 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
7780 ;;;***
7782 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
7783 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14747 44775))
7784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
7786 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
7787 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
7788 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
7789 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7790 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
7792 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
7793 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
7794 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
7795 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7796 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
7798 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
7799 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
7800 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
7801 or to send e-mail.
7802 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
7804 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
7805 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
7807 ;;;***
7809 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
7810 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
7812 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
7813 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
7814 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
7815 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
7816 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
7818 ;;;***
7820 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
7821 ;;;;;; (14750 26818))
7822 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
7824 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
7825 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7826 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7827 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7829 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
7830 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7831 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7832 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7834 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
7835 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7836 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7837 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7839 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
7840 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7841 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7842 and source-file directory for your debugger.
7844 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
7845 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
7847 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
7848 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7849 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7850 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7852 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
7853 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
7854 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7855 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7857 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
7858 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
7859 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
7860 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
7861 between it and it's value." t nil)
7862 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
7864 ;;;***
7866 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
7867 ;;;;;; 40782))
7868 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
7870 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
7871 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
7872 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
7873 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
7875 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
7876 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
7877 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
7878 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
7880 ;;;***
7882 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
7883 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
7884 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
7886 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
7887 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
7889 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
7890 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
7891 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
7892 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
7894 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
7896 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
7897 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
7898 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
7899 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
7900 to be updated." t nil)
7902 ;;;***
7904 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
7905 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
7906 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
7908 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
7909 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
7910 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
7911 and window listing and describing the options.
7912 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
7913 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
7915 ;;;***
7917 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
7918 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 32866))
7919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
7921 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
7922 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
7924 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
7925 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
7927 ;;;***
7929 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
7930 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14821 33060))
7931 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
7933 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
7934 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
7935 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
7936 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
7937 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
7939 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
7940 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
7942 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
7943 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
7944 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
7945 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
7947 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
7948 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
7949 periods.
7951 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
7952 in hexl format.
7954 A sample format:
7956 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
7957 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
7958 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
7959 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
7960 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
7961 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
7962 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
7963 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
7964 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
7965 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
7966 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
7967 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
7968 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
7969 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
7970 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
7972 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
7973 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
7974 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
7976 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
7977 also supported.
7979 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
7981 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
7982 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
7983 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
7985 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
7986 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
7987 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
7989 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
7990 into the buffer at the current point.
7992 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
7993 into the buffer at the current point.
7995 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
7996 into the buffer at the current point.
7998 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8000 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8001 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8003 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8005 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8007 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8008 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8009 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8011 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8012 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8013 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8015 ;;;***
8017 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8018 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer hi-lock-mode
8019 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14792 36880))
8020 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8022 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8024 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8025 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8027 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8029 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8031 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8032 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8034 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8035 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock turned on an \"Automatic Highlighting\"
8036 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8037 which can be called interactively, are:
8039 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8040 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8042 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8043 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8045 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8046 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8048 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8049 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8050 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8051 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8052 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8053 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8055 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8056 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8058 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8059 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8060 Hi-lock: FOO
8061 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8062 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8063 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8064 will be read until
8065 Hi-lock: end
8066 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8068 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8070 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8071 Set face of all lines containing matches of REGEXP to FACE.
8073 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8074 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8075 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8076 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8078 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8080 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8081 Set face of all matches of REGEXP to FACE.
8083 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8084 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8085 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8086 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8088 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8090 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8091 Remove highlighting of matches to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8093 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8094 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8095 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8096 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8097 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8099 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8100 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8102 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8103 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8104 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8106 ;;;***
8108 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8109 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 16483))
8110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8112 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8113 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8115 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8116 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8117 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8118 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8119 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8120 how the hiding is done:
8122 hide-ifdef-env
8123 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8124 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8125 is used.
8127 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8128 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8129 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8130 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8131 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8133 hide-ifdef-lines
8134 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8135 #endif lines when hiding.
8137 hide-ifdef-initially
8138 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8139 is activated.
8141 hide-ifdef-read-only
8142 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8143 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8145 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8147 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8148 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8150 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8151 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8153 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8154 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8156 ;;;***
8158 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8159 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14798 40437))
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8162 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8163 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8165 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8166 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8167 Each element has the form
8168 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8170 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8171 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8173 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8174 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8176 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8177 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8178 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8179 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8180 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8182 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8183 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8185 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8186 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8188 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8189 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8190 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8192 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8193 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8194 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8195 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8196 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8197 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8199 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8200 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8201 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8203 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8204 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8206 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8208 Key bindings:
8209 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8211 ;;;***
8213 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8214 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8215 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8216 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 33582))
8217 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8219 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8221 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8222 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8223 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8225 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8226 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8228 Without an argument:
8229 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8230 or passive state as determined by the variable
8231 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8232 and passive state.
8234 With an argument ARG:
8235 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8236 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8237 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8239 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8240 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8241 not displayed in a different face.
8243 Functions:
8244 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8245 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8246 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8247 buffer with the contents of a file
8248 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8249 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8250 various faces.
8252 Hook variables:
8253 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8254 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8255 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8257 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8258 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8260 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8261 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8263 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8264 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8266 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8267 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8268 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8269 shown in the last face in the list.
8271 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8272 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8273 buffer to be saved):
8275 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8277 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8278 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8280 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8281 and must not be read-only.
8283 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8284 this function is called interactively.
8286 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8287 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8288 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8290 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8291 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8292 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8294 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8295 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8297 When called interactively:
8298 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8299 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8300 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8301 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8303 When called from a program:
8304 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8305 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8306 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8307 - otherwise just turn it on
8309 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8310 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8311 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8312 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8314 ;;;***
8316 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8317 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8318 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8319 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8320 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398))
8321 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8323 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8324 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8325 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8326 or insert functions in this list.")
8328 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8329 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8331 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8332 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8334 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8335 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8337 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8338 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8340 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8341 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8342 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8344 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8345 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8346 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8347 \(as atoms)")
8349 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8350 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8351 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8352 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8353 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8355 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8356 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8357 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8358 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8359 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8360 expansions.
8361 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8362 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8363 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8365 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8366 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8367 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8368 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8370 ;;;***
8372 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14798 40431))
8373 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8375 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
8376 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
8377 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8378 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
8380 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8382 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
8384 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8385 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8386 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8387 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8388 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8390 ;;;***
8392 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
8393 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
8394 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
8396 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
8397 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8399 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8400 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8402 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8404 ;;;***
8406 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8407 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14671 47520))
8408 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
8410 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8411 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
8413 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8414 This function is absolete." t nil)
8416 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8417 This function is absolete." t nil)
8419 ;;;***
8421 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8422 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14636 62704))
8423 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8425 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8426 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8427 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
8429 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
8430 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
8431 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
8433 ;;;***
8435 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14816 63837))
8436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
8438 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
8439 Major mode for editing Icon code.
8440 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
8441 Tab indents for Icon code.
8442 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
8443 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
8444 \\{icon-mode-map}
8445 Variables controlling indentation style:
8446 icon-tab-always-indent
8447 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
8448 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
8449 icon-auto-newline
8450 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
8451 inserted in Icon code.
8452 icon-indent-level
8453 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
8454 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
8455 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
8456 icon-continued-statement-offset
8457 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
8458 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
8459 icon-continued-brace-offset
8460 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
8461 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
8462 icon-brace-offset
8463 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
8464 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
8465 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
8466 this far to the right of the start of its line.
8468 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
8469 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8471 ;;;***
8473 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
8474 ;;;;;; (14735 57460))
8475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
8477 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
8478 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
8479 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
8480 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
8482 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
8483 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
8484 separate frames.
8486 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
8488 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
8489 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
8490 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
8492 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8494 ;;;***
8496 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
8497 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
8498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
8500 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
8501 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
8503 The main features of this mode are
8505 1. Indentation and Formatting
8506 --------------------------
8507 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
8508 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
8510 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
8511 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
8512 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
8513 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
8515 Comments are indented as follows:
8517 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
8518 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
8519 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
8521 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
8523 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
8524 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
8525 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
8526 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
8527 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
8529 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
8530 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
8531 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
8533 2. Routine Info
8534 ------------
8535 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
8536 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
8537 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
8538 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
8539 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
8540 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
8541 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
8543 3. Online IDL Help
8544 ---------------
8545 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
8546 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
8547 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
8548 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
8549 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
8551 4. Completion
8552 ----------
8553 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
8554 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
8555 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
8556 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
8557 mixed or upper case.
8559 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
8560 --------------------------------
8561 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
8562 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
8564 \\pr PROCEDURE template
8565 \\fu FUNCTION template
8566 \\c CASE statement template
8567 \\f FOR loop template
8568 \\r REPEAT Loop template
8569 \\w WHILE loop template
8570 \\i IF statement template
8571 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
8572 \\b BEGIN
8574 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
8575 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
8577 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
8578 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
8579 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
8581 6. Automatic Case Conversion
8582 -------------------------
8583 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
8584 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
8586 7. Automatic END completion
8587 ------------------------
8588 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
8589 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
8591 8. Hooks
8592 -----
8593 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
8594 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
8596 9. Documentation and Customization
8597 -------------------------------
8598 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
8599 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
8600 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
8601 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
8602 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
8604 10.Keybindings
8605 -----------
8606 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
8607 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
8608 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
8610 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
8612 ;;;***
8614 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14819 42852))
8615 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
8616 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
8618 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
8619 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
8620 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
8622 ;;;***
8624 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
8625 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
8626 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14812 24473))
8627 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
8629 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
8630 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
8631 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
8632 be determined." nil nil)
8634 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
8635 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
8636 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
8637 be determined." nil nil)
8639 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
8640 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
8641 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
8643 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
8644 Create an image.
8645 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
8646 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
8647 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
8648 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
8649 use its file extension.as image type.
8650 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
8651 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
8652 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
8653 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
8655 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
8656 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
8657 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
8658 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
8659 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
8660 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
8661 POS may be an integer or marker.
8662 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8663 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8664 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8665 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8667 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
8668 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
8669 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
8670 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
8671 defaulted if you omit it.
8672 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
8673 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
8674 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
8675 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
8677 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
8678 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
8679 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
8680 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
8682 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
8683 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
8685 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
8687 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8688 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8689 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8690 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8691 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8692 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
8693 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
8694 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
8695 satisfied.
8697 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
8699 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
8700 Define SYMBOL as an image.
8702 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
8703 documentation string.
8705 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
8706 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
8707 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
8708 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
8709 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
8710 string containing the actual image data. The first image
8711 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
8712 define SYMBOL.
8714 Example:
8716 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
8717 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
8719 ;;;***
8721 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
8722 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
8723 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (14822 58259))
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
8726 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm")) "\
8727 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
8728 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
8729 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
8731 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
8732 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
8733 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
8734 variable is set using \\[customize].")
8736 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
8737 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
8738 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
8739 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
8741 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
8742 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
8743 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
8744 variable is set using \\[customize].")
8746 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
8747 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
8749 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
8750 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
8751 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
8752 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
8754 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
8755 Toggle Auto-Image-File mode.
8756 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8757 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
8759 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8761 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
8763 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
8764 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
8765 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
8766 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
8768 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
8769 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
8770 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
8772 ;;;***
8774 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
8775 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14837 50473))
8776 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
8778 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
8779 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
8781 Affects only the mouse index menu.
8783 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
8784 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
8785 in the buffer.
8787 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
8789 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
8790 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
8791 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
8793 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
8794 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
8796 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
8797 to create a buffer index.
8799 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
8800 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
8801 or like this:
8802 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8803 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
8804 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
8805 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8806 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
8808 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
8809 entries are not nested.
8811 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
8812 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
8813 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
8814 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
8816 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
8817 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
8819 The variable is buffer-local.
8821 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
8822 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
8823 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
8825 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
8826 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
8827 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
8828 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
8830 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
8832 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
8833 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
8835 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
8836 of the current buffer as an alist.
8838 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
8839 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
8840 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
8841 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
8842 if it is a sub-alist.
8844 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
8846 The variable is buffer-local.")
8848 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
8850 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
8851 Function for finding the next index position.
8853 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
8854 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
8855 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
8856 file.
8858 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
8859 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
8861 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8863 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
8865 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
8866 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
8868 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
8869 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
8870 It should return the name for that index item.
8872 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8874 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
8876 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
8877 Function to compare string with index item.
8879 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
8880 non-nil if they match.
8882 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
8883 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
8884 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
8885 arguments match\".
8887 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8889 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
8891 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
8892 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
8893 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
8895 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
8897 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
8899 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
8900 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
8901 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
8902 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
8904 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
8905 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
8907 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
8909 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
8910 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
8911 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
8912 for more information." t nil)
8914 ;;;***
8916 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
8917 ;;;;;; (14819 42855))
8918 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
8920 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
8921 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
8922 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
8923 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
8924 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
8926 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
8927 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
8929 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
8930 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
8931 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
8932 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
8933 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
8934 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
8935 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
8936 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
8938 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
8939 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
8940 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
8941 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
8942 Inferior Lisp buffer.
8944 This variable is only used if the variable
8945 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
8947 More precise choices:
8948 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
8949 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
8950 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
8952 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
8954 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
8955 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
8957 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
8958 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
8959 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
8960 to that buffer.
8961 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
8962 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
8963 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
8964 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8965 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
8967 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
8969 ;;;***
8971 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
8972 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
8973 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14836 27426))
8974 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
8976 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
8977 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
8978 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
8980 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
8981 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
8982 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
8983 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
8984 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
8985 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
8987 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
8988 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
8990 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
8991 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
8992 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
8994 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
8995 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
8996 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
8997 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
8999 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9000 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9002 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9003 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9004 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
9005 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9006 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9008 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9009 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
9010 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9011 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
9012 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9013 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9015 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9016 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9017 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9019 ;;;***
9021 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9022 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9023 ;;;;;; (14712 9626))
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9026 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9027 Throw away all cached data.
9028 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9029 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9030 system." t nil)
9032 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9033 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9034 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9035 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9036 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9037 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9039 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9041 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9042 Display the documentation of a file.
9043 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9044 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9045 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9046 The default file name is the one found at point.
9048 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9050 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9051 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9053 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9054 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9056 ;;;***
9058 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9059 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9062 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9063 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9065 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9066 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9067 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9069 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9070 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9071 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9073 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9074 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9075 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9076 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9078 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9079 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9080 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9082 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9083 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9084 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9085 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9086 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9088 ;;;***
9090 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9091 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9092 ;;;;;; (14837 50475))
9093 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9095 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9096 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9098 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9099 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9101 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9103 ;;;***
9105 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9106 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
9107 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9109 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9110 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9111 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9112 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9113 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9114 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9116 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9117 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9119 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9120 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9121 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9122 \"s gives German sharp s.
9123 /a gives a with ring.
9124 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9125 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9126 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9127 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9129 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9130 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9132 ;;;***
9134 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9135 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9136 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9137 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9140 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9141 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9142 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9143 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9144 `format-alist')." t nil)
9146 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9147 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9148 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9149 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9150 `format-alist')." t nil)
9152 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9153 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9154 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9155 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9156 `format-alist')." t nil)
9158 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9159 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9160 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9161 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9162 `format-alist')." t nil)
9164 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9165 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9166 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9167 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9168 `format-alist')." t nil)
9170 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9171 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9172 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9173 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9174 `format-alist')." t nil)
9176 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9177 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9178 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9179 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9180 `format-alist')." t nil)
9182 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9183 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9184 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9185 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9186 `format-alist')." t nil)
9188 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9189 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9190 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9191 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
9192 `format-alist')." t nil)
9194 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9195 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9197 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9198 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9200 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9201 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9203 ;;;***
9205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9206 ;;;;;; (14716 17385))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9208 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9209 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9210 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9212 ;;;***
9214 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9215 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9216 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9217 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
9218 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
9219 ;;;;;; (14832 14721))
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9222 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9223 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9225 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9226 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9228 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9229 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9231 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9232 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9233 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9234 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9236 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9237 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9238 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9240 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9242 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9244 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9246 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
9248 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
9250 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9252 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9253 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9255 Each element of this list is also a list:
9257 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9258 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9260 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9261 nil means the default dictionary.
9263 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9264 word.
9266 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9268 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9269 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9270 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9271 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9272 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9273 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9274 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9275 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9276 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9278 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9279 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9280 single word.
9282 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9283 subprocess.
9285 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9286 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9287 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9288 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9289 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9290 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9291 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9292 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9294 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9296 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9297 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9298 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9300 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9301 Key map for ispell menu.")
9303 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9304 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9305 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9306 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9308 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9310 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9312 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9314 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9316 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9318 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9319 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9320 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9321 Valid forms include:
9322 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9323 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9324 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9325 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9327 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9328 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9329 First list is used raw.
9330 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9332 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9333 for skipping in latex mode.")
9335 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9337 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9338 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9339 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9340 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9342 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9343 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9344 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9345 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9346 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9348 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9349 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9351 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9353 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9354 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9356 return values:
9357 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9358 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9359 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9360 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9361 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9363 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9364 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9366 Selections are:
9368 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
9369 SPC: Accept word this time.
9370 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
9371 `a': Accept word for this session.
9372 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
9373 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
9374 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
9375 `?': Show these commands.
9376 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
9377 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
9378 the aborted check to be completed later.
9379 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
9380 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
9381 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
9382 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
9383 `C-l': redraws screen
9384 `C-r': recursive edit
9385 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
9387 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
9388 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
9389 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
9391 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
9392 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
9393 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
9395 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
9397 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
9399 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
9400 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
9401 Return nil if spell session is quit,
9402 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
9404 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
9405 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
9407 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
9408 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
9410 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
9411 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
9413 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
9414 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
9415 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
9416 sequence inside of a word.
9418 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
9420 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
9421 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
9423 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
9424 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
9425 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
9426 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer." t nil)
9428 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
9429 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
9430 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
9432 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
9433 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
9435 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
9436 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
9438 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
9439 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
9440 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
9441 Don't check included messages.
9443 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
9444 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
9445 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
9447 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
9448 in your .emacs file:
9449 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
9450 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
9451 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
9452 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
9454 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
9455 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
9456 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
9458 ;;;***
9460 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
9461 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
9462 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
9463 ;;;;;; (14816 63828))
9464 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
9466 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
9467 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
9468 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9469 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
9471 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9473 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
9475 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9476 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9477 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9478 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9479 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9480 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
9482 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
9483 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
9484 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
9485 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
9487 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
9489 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9490 Switch to another buffer.
9492 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
9493 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
9494 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9495 in another frame.
9496 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9498 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
9499 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9500 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9501 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9503 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9504 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9505 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9506 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9508 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
9509 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9510 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9511 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9513 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
9514 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
9515 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
9516 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
9517 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
9519 ;;;***
9521 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
9522 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
9523 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
9524 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200))
9525 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
9527 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
9529 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
9530 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
9531 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9532 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9533 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
9534 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
9535 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
9536 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
9538 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
9539 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
9540 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9541 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9543 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
9544 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
9545 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9546 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9547 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
9549 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
9550 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
9551 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9552 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9554 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
9555 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
9556 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
9557 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
9559 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
9560 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
9562 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9563 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
9564 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9565 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9566 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
9568 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9569 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
9570 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9571 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9572 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
9574 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
9575 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
9576 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
9578 ;;;***
9580 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14829
9581 ;;;;;; 31693))
9582 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
9584 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
9585 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
9586 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
9587 that needs to be (re)fontified.
9588 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
9590 ;;;***
9592 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
9593 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14825 37999))
9594 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
9596 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
9597 Toggle Auto-Compression mode.
9598 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9599 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
9601 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9603 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
9605 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9606 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
9607 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
9608 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
9610 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
9611 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
9613 ;;;***
9615 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
9616 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
9617 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
9619 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
9620 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
9621 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
9623 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
9624 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
9625 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
9626 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
9627 shorter.
9629 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
9630 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
9631 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
9633 ;;;***
9635 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14762
9636 ;;;;;; 13574))
9637 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
9639 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
9640 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
9641 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
9642 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
9643 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
9644 positions that contains the current selection.")
9646 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
9647 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
9648 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
9649 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
9650 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
9651 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
9652 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
9654 ;;;***
9656 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
9657 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
9658 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
9660 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
9661 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
9662 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
9664 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
9666 ;;;***
9668 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
9669 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
9672 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
9674 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
9675 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
9677 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
9679 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
9680 Start or resume an Lm game.
9681 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
9682 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
9684 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
9685 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9686 none / 1 | yes | no
9687 2 | yes | yes
9688 3 | no | yes
9689 4 | no | no
9691 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
9692 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
9693 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
9695 ;;;***
9697 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
9698 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
9699 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
9700 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
9702 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
9704 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
9705 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
9706 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
9707 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
9708 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
9709 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
9711 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
9712 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
9714 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
9715 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
9717 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
9718 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
9719 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
9720 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
9721 to compose.
9723 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
9725 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
9727 ;;;***
9729 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
9730 ;;;;;; (14842 10654))
9731 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
9733 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
9734 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
9735 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
9736 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
9737 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
9738 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
9739 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
9740 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
9742 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9743 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
9745 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
9747 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
9749 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
9750 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
9751 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
9752 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
9753 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
9755 ;;;***
9757 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
9758 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
9759 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
9761 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
9762 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
9763 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
9764 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9766 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
9768 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
9770 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
9771 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
9772 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
9773 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
9774 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
9775 for large buffers.
9777 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
9778 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
9779 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
9780 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
9781 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
9783 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
9784 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
9785 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
9786 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
9787 slow to keep up with your typing.
9789 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
9790 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
9791 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
9792 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
9793 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
9794 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
9796 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
9797 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
9798 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
9799 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
9801 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
9802 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
9803 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
9804 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
9806 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
9807 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
9808 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
9809 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
9810 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
9812 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
9813 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
9815 ;;;***
9817 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
9818 ;;;;;; (14819 42852))
9819 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
9821 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
9822 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
9824 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
9825 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
9827 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
9828 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
9830 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
9831 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
9832 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
9833 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
9834 for later transmission to Lisp job.
9835 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
9836 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
9837 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
9838 and transmit saved text.
9839 \\{ledit-mode-map}
9840 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
9841 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
9843 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
9845 ;;;***
9847 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
9848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
9850 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
9851 Run Conway's Life simulation.
9852 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
9853 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
9854 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
9856 ;;;***
9858 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14789
9859 ;;;;;; 22295))
9860 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
9862 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
9863 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
9864 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
9865 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
9867 ;;;***
9869 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
9870 ;;;;;; (14763 31121))
9871 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
9873 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
9874 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
9875 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
9877 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
9878 Run the locate command with a filter.
9880 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
9881 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
9883 ;;;***
9885 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14837 50473))
9886 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
9888 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
9889 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
9890 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
9891 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
9892 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
9893 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
9894 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
9895 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
9897 ;;;***
9899 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14631
9900 ;;;;;; 42770))
9901 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
9903 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
9904 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
9906 ;;;***
9908 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
9909 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14693
9910 ;;;;;; 49864))
9911 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
9913 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
9914 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
9915 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
9917 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
9918 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
9920 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
9921 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
9922 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
9923 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
9924 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
9925 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
9926 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
9928 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
9929 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
9930 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
9931 switch on this list.
9932 See `lpr-command'.")
9934 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
9935 *Name of program for printing a file.
9937 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
9938 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
9939 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
9940 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
9941 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
9942 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
9943 argument.")
9945 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
9946 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
9947 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9948 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9950 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
9951 Paginate and print buffer contents.
9953 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9954 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9955 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9956 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9958 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9959 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9961 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9962 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9964 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
9965 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
9966 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9967 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9969 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
9970 Paginate and print the region contents.
9972 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9973 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9974 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9975 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9977 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9978 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9980 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9981 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9983 ;;;***
9985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
9986 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
9988 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
9989 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
9990 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
9991 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
9992 package is used.")
9994 ;;;***
9996 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
9997 ;;;;;; 53924))
9998 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10000 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10001 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10002 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10004 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10006 ;;;***
10008 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14720
10009 ;;;;;; 7115))
10010 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10012 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10013 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10014 \\{m4-mode-map}
10015 " t nil)
10017 ;;;***
10019 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10020 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
10021 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10023 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10024 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10025 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10026 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10027 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10029 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10030 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10031 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10032 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10034 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10035 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10036 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10037 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10038 bindings.
10040 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10041 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10043 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10044 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10045 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10046 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10047 each time the macro executes.
10048 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10049 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10050 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10051 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10052 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10053 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10054 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10056 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10057 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10058 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10060 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10061 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10062 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10063 execute.
10065 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10066 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10068 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10069 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10070 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10071 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10072 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10074 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10075 looked like this:
10077 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10078 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10079 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10081 You could enter the names in this format:
10087 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10089 \\C-x (
10090 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10091 \\C-x )
10093 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10094 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10095 " t nil)
10096 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10098 ;;;***
10100 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10101 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
10102 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10104 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10105 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10106 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10107 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10109 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10110 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10111 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10112 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10113 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10115 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10116 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10117 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10118 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10120 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10121 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10123 ;;;***
10125 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10126 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10127 ;;;;;; (14723 62186))
10128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10130 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10131 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10133 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10135 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10136 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10138 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10139 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10140 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10141 message.
10143 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10145 ;;;***
10147 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10148 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10149 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14800
10150 ;;;;;; 33445))
10151 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10153 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10154 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10155 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10156 often correct parser.")
10158 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10160 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10161 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10162 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10163 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10165 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10166 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10167 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10168 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10170 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10171 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10172 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10173 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10175 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10176 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10177 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10178 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10179 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10180 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10182 ;;;***
10184 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10185 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14747 44775))
10186 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10188 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10189 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10191 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10192 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10193 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10195 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10196 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10197 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10199 ;;;***
10201 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10202 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
10203 ;;;;;; 15646))
10204 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10206 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10207 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10208 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10209 king@grassland.com
10210 If `parens', they look like:
10211 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10212 If `angles', they look like:
10213 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10215 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10216 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10217 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10218 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10219 their `Resent-' variants.
10221 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10222 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10224 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10225 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10226 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10228 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10229 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10230 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10231 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10233 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10234 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10235 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10236 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10238 ;;;***
10240 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10241 ;;;;;; (14720 7115))
10242 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10244 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10245 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10246 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10248 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10250 In the browser, use the following keys:
10252 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10254 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10256 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10257 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10259 makefile-target-colon:
10260 The string that gets appended to all target names
10261 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10262 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10264 makefile-macro-assign:
10265 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10266 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10267 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10268 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10269 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10270 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10272 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10273 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10274 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10276 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10277 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10279 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10280 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10281 up or down in the browser.
10283 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10284 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10286 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10287 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10289 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10290 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10291 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10292 has been selected in the browser.
10294 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10295 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10296 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10297 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10298 filenames are omitted.
10300 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10301 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10302 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10303 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10304 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10305 the backslash itself intact.
10306 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10307 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10309 makefile-browser-hook:
10310 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10311 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10313 makefile-special-targets-list:
10314 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10315 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10316 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10318 ;;;***
10320 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10321 ;;;;;; 28917))
10322 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10324 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10325 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10326 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10328 ;;;***
10330 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14825 31072))
10331 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10333 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10335 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10336 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10337 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10338 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10339 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10340 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10341 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10343 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10344 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
10346 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10347 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10349 ;;;***
10351 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10352 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
10353 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
10354 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
10355 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
10356 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
10357 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
10358 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
10359 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14842 10648))
10360 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
10362 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
10363 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
10365 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10366 king@grassland.com
10367 If `parens', they look like:
10368 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10369 If `angles', they look like:
10370 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
10372 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
10373 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
10375 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
10376 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
10378 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
10379 *Local news organization file.")
10381 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
10382 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
10383 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
10384 variable `mail-header-separator'.
10386 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
10387 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
10388 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
10390 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
10391 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
10393 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
10394 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
10396 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
10397 *Function for citing an original message.
10398 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
10399 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
10400 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
10402 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
10403 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
10404 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
10405 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
10406 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
10408 (defvar message-signature t "\
10409 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
10410 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
10411 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
10412 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
10414 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
10415 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
10417 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10419 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
10420 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
10421 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
10422 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
10423 C-c C-d Pospone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
10424 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
10425 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
10426 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
10427 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
10428 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
10429 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
10430 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
10431 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
10432 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
10433 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
10434 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
10435 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
10436 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
10437 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
10438 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
10439 C-c C-v message-delete-not-region (remove the text outside the region).
10440 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
10441 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body).
10442 C-c C-a mml-attach-file (attach a file as MIME).
10443 M-RET message-newline-and-reformat (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
10445 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
10446 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10447 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
10449 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
10450 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10452 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
10453 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
10455 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
10456 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
10458 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
10459 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
10460 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
10462 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
10463 Cancel an article you posted.
10464 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
10466 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
10467 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
10468 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
10469 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
10471 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
10472 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
10474 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
10475 Forward the current message via mail.
10476 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
10477 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
10479 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
10480 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
10482 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
10483 Re-mail the current message.
10484 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
10485 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
10486 you." t nil)
10488 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
10489 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
10491 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
10492 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
10494 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
10495 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10497 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
10498 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10500 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
10501 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
10502 Works by overstriking characters.
10503 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10504 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10506 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
10507 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
10508 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10509 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10511 ;;;***
10513 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
10514 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
10515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
10517 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10518 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
10519 Special commands:
10520 \\{meta-mode-map}
10522 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
10523 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10525 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10526 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
10527 Special commands:
10528 \\{meta-mode-map}
10530 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
10531 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10533 ;;;***
10535 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
10536 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
10537 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
10538 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
10540 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
10541 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10542 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10544 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
10545 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10546 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10547 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10548 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10549 redisplayed as output is inserted.
10550 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10552 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
10553 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
10554 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10555 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10556 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10557 means current).
10558 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10559 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10561 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
10562 Process current region through 'metamail'.
10563 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10564 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10565 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10566 means current).
10567 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10568 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10570 ;;;***
10572 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
10573 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14747 44775))
10574 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
10576 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
10577 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
10578 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10579 to the MH mail system.
10581 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10583 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
10584 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
10585 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10586 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
10587 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
10588 that want to create a mail buffer.
10589 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
10591 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
10592 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
10593 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10594 to the MH mail system.
10596 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10598 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
10599 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
10600 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
10601 using the MH mail handling system.
10602 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
10603 messages.
10605 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
10607 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
10609 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
10610 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
10611 the yanked message.
10613 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
10614 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
10615 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
10616 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
10617 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
10619 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
10620 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
10621 inserted in a draft letter.
10623 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
10624 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
10626 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
10628 ;;;***
10630 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14747
10631 ;;;;;; 44775))
10632 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
10634 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
10635 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
10636 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10637 to the MH mail system." t nil)
10639 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
10640 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
10642 ;;;***
10644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
10647 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
10648 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
10650 ;;;***
10652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14484 43737))
10653 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
10655 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10657 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10659 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10661 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
10663 ;;;***
10665 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
10666 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14721 29450))
10667 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
10669 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
10670 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
10671 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
10672 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
10673 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
10674 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
10675 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
10676 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
10677 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
10678 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
10679 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
10681 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
10682 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
10683 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
10684 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
10686 ;;;***
10688 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
10689 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
10692 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
10693 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
10695 ;;;***
10697 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
10698 ;;;;;; (14791 27300))
10699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
10701 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
10702 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
10703 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
10704 the entire message.
10705 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
10707 ;;;***
10709 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
10710 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
10711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
10713 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
10714 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
10715 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
10716 followed by the first character of the construct.
10717 \\<m2-mode-map>
10718 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
10719 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
10720 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
10721 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
10722 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
10723 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
10724 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
10725 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
10726 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
10727 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
10728 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
10729 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
10730 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
10731 \\[m2-link] link
10733 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
10734 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
10735 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
10737 ;;;***
10739 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
10740 ;;;;;; (14816 63829))
10741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
10743 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
10744 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
10746 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
10747 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
10749 ;;;***
10751 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736
10752 ;;;;;; 26481))
10753 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
10755 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
10756 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
10757 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10758 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
10760 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
10762 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
10764 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
10766 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
10767 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
10768 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
10769 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
10770 Triple-clicking selects lines.
10771 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
10773 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
10774 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
10775 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
10776 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
10777 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
10779 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
10780 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
10782 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
10783 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
10785 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
10787 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
10788 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
10789 primary selection and region." t nil)
10791 ;;;***
10793 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
10794 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
10796 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
10797 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
10799 ;;;***
10801 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14795 14357))
10802 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
10804 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
10805 Toggle Msb mode.
10806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10807 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
10809 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10811 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
10813 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
10814 Toggle Msb mode.
10815 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10816 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
10817 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
10819 ;;;***
10821 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
10822 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
10823 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
10824 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
10825 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
10826 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (14763 35975))
10827 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
10829 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
10830 Display a list of all character sets.
10832 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
10833 for internal Emacs use.
10835 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
10836 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
10837 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
10838 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
10839 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
10841 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
10842 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
10843 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
10844 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
10846 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10847 but still shows the full information." t nil)
10849 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
10850 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10851 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
10852 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
10853 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
10855 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
10856 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
10857 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
10858 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
10859 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
10861 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
10862 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
10864 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
10865 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
10867 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
10868 Display information of in current buffer at position POS.
10869 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
10870 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
10871 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
10873 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10874 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
10876 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
10877 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
10879 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
10880 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
10881 at the place of `..':
10882 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
10883 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
10884 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
10885 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
10886 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
10887 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
10888 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10889 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10890 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10891 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10892 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
10893 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
10894 `default-process-coding-system' for read
10895 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
10896 `default-process-coding-system' for write
10897 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
10899 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10900 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
10902 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
10903 Display a list of all coding systems.
10904 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
10906 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10907 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
10909 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
10910 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
10912 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
10913 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
10915 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
10916 Display information of FONTSET.
10917 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
10919 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
10920 Display a list of all fontsets.
10921 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
10922 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
10923 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
10925 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
10926 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
10928 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
10929 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
10931 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
10932 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
10933 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
10934 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
10936 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
10937 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
10938 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10940 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
10941 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
10942 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10944 ;;;***
10946 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
10947 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
10948 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
10949 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
10950 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
10951 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
10952 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
10953 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
10955 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
10956 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
10957 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
10959 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
10960 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
10962 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
10963 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
10965 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
10966 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
10968 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
10969 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
10970 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
10971 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
10972 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
10974 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
10975 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
10976 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
10977 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
10978 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
10980 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
10981 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
10983 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
10985 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
10986 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
10988 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
10989 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
10990 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
10992 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
10993 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
10994 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
10996 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10997 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
10998 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
10999 is considered.
11000 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11001 longer than KEYSEQ.
11002 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11004 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11005 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11006 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11007 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11008 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11009 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11010 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11011 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11012 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11013 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11014 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11016 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11017 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11019 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11020 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11022 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11023 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11025 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11026 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11028 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11029 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11031 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11032 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11033 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11034 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11036 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11037 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11038 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11039 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11041 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11042 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11043 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11044 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11046 ;;;***
11048 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11049 ;;;;;; (14838 50497))
11050 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11052 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11053 Toggle Mouse-Wheel mode.
11054 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11055 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11057 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11059 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11061 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11062 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11063 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11064 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11066 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11067 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11069 ;;;***
11071 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11072 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11073 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11074 ;;;;;; (14813 44131))
11075 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11077 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11078 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11080 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11081 Ping HOST.
11082 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11083 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11085 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11086 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11088 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11090 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11091 Run netstat program." t nil)
11093 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11094 Run the arp program." t nil)
11096 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11097 Run the route program." t nil)
11099 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11100 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11102 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11103 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11105 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11106 Run dig program." t nil)
11108 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11109 Run ftp program." t nil)
11111 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11112 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11114 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11115 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11116 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11117 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11119 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11121 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11122 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11124 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11125 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11127 ;;;***
11129 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11130 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11131 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
11132 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
11133 ;;;;;; (14816 63828))
11134 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11136 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11138 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11140 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11142 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11144 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11146 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11147 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11148 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11149 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11150 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11152 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11153 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11155 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11156 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11157 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11158 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11160 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11161 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11163 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11164 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11165 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11167 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11168 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11169 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11170 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11171 column indentation or nil.
11172 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11174 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11175 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11176 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11178 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11179 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11180 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11181 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11183 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11184 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11186 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11187 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11188 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11190 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11191 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11193 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11194 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11195 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
11197 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11198 Set the comment column based on point.
11199 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11200 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11201 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11202 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11204 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11205 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11206 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11208 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11209 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11210 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11211 comment markers." t nil)
11213 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11214 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11215 With just \\[universal-prefix] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11216 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11217 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11218 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11219 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11220 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11222 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11223 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11225 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11226 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11227 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11228 `comment-region' (unless it only consists in comments, in which
11229 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11230 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11231 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11232 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11234 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11235 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11236 This indents the body of the continued comment
11237 under the previous comment line.
11239 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11240 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11241 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11243 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11244 or comment indentation.
11246 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11247 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11249 ;;;***
11251 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14792
11252 ;;;;;; 2696))
11253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11255 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11256 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11257 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11258 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11259 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11260 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11262 ;;;***
11264 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11265 ;;;;;; (14813 6105))
11266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11268 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11269 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11270 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11272 ;;;***
11274 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11275 ;;;;;; (14842 10650))
11276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11278 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11279 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11280 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11282 ;;;***
11284 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11285 ;;;;;; (14792 2698))
11286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11288 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11289 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11291 ;;;***
11293 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11294 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14792 2698))
11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11297 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11298 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11300 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11301 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11303 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11304 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11306 ;;;***
11308 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
11309 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
11310 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
11312 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
11313 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
11314 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
11316 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
11318 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
11319 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
11320 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11321 to future sessions." t nil)
11323 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
11324 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
11325 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11326 to future sessions." t nil)
11328 ;;;***
11330 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
11331 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
11332 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
11334 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
11335 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
11336 \\{nroff-mode-map}
11337 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
11338 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
11339 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
11341 ;;;***
11343 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
11344 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
11345 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
11347 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
11348 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
11349 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
11350 specified by `octave-help-files'.
11351 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
11353 ;;;***
11355 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
11356 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
11357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
11359 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
11360 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
11361 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
11363 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
11365 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
11366 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
11368 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
11369 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
11370 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
11372 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
11374 ;;;***
11376 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
11377 ;;;;;; (14535 42824))
11378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
11380 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
11381 Major mode for editing Octave code.
11383 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
11384 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
11385 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
11386 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
11388 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
11389 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
11390 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
11391 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
11392 is why you need this mode!).
11394 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
11395 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
11396 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
11398 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
11400 Keybindings
11401 ===========
11403 \\{octave-mode-map}
11405 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
11406 ==============================================
11408 octave-auto-indent
11409 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
11410 Default is nil.
11412 octave-auto-newline
11413 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
11414 Default is nil.
11416 octave-blink-matching-block
11417 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
11418 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
11420 octave-block-offset
11421 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
11422 Default is 2.
11424 octave-continuation-offset
11425 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
11426 Default is 4.
11428 octave-continuation-string
11429 String used for Octave continuation lines.
11430 Default is a backslash.
11432 octave-mode-startup-message
11433 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
11434 Default is t.
11436 octave-send-echo-input
11437 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
11438 command to the inferior Octave process.
11440 octave-send-line-auto-forward
11441 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
11442 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
11444 octave-send-echo-input
11445 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
11447 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
11449 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
11450 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
11452 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
11453 (setq auto-mode-alist
11454 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
11456 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
11457 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
11459 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
11460 (lambda ()
11461 (abbrev-mode 1)
11462 (auto-fill-mode 1)
11463 (if (eq window-system 'x)
11464 (font-lock-mode 1))))
11466 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
11467 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
11468 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
11469 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
11471 ;;;***
11473 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
11474 ;;;;;; (14816 63828))
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
11477 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
11478 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
11479 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
11481 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
11482 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
11483 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
11484 in which there are commands to set the option values.
11485 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
11487 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
11489 ;;;***
11491 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
11492 ;;;;;; (14807 56561))
11493 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
11495 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
11496 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
11497 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
11498 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
11500 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
11501 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
11502 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
11503 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
11505 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
11506 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
11507 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
11508 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
11509 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
11510 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
11512 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
11513 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
11515 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
11516 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
11517 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
11518 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
11519 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
11520 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
11521 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
11522 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
11523 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
11524 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
11525 The subheadings remain visible.
11526 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
11528 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
11529 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
11530 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
11532 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
11533 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
11535 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
11536 Toggle Outline minor mode.
11537 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11538 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
11540 ;;;***
11542 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14807 56559))
11543 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
11545 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
11546 Toggle Show-Paren mode.
11547 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11548 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
11550 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11552 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
11554 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
11555 Toggle Show Paren mode.
11556 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11557 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
11559 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
11560 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
11562 ;;;***
11564 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
11565 ;;;;;; 14481))
11566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
11568 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
11569 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
11570 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11572 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
11573 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
11575 Other useful functions are:
11577 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
11578 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
11579 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
11580 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
11581 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
11582 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
11583 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
11584 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
11585 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
11587 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
11589 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
11590 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
11591 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
11592 Indentation for case statements.
11593 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
11594 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
11595 mark after an end.
11596 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
11597 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
11598 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
11599 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
11600 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11601 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
11602 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
11603 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
11604 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
11605 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
11607 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
11608 pascal-separator-keywords.
11610 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
11611 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
11613 ;;;***
11615 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
11616 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
11617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
11619 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
11620 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
11621 The keys affected are:
11622 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
11623 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
11624 M-Backspace does undo.
11625 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
11626 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
11627 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
11629 ;;;***
11631 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
11632 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14782 11919))
11633 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
11635 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
11636 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
11638 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11640 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
11641 which modify the status of the mark.
11643 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
11644 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
11646 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
11647 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
11649 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
11650 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
11651 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
11652 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
11653 turning pc-selection-mode on.
11655 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
11656 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
11658 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
11659 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
11660 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
11662 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
11663 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
11664 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
11666 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
11667 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
11669 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
11670 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
11671 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
11673 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
11674 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
11675 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
11677 F6 other-window
11678 DELETE delete-char
11679 C-DELETE kill-line
11680 M-DELETE kill-word
11681 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
11682 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
11683 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
11685 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
11686 Toggle PC Selection mode.
11687 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
11688 and cursor movement commands.
11689 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
11690 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
11692 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11694 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
11696 ;;;***
11698 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
11699 ;;;;;; 33021))
11700 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
11702 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
11703 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
11705 ;;;***
11707 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
11708 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 35955))
11709 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
11711 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11712 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
11714 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11715 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
11717 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11718 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
11720 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
11721 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
11723 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
11725 ;;;***
11727 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
11728 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14680 33024))
11729 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
11731 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11732 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
11734 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11735 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
11737 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
11738 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
11740 ;;;***
11742 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
11743 ;;;;;; 33025))
11744 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
11746 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
11747 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
11748 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
11749 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
11750 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
11751 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
11753 ;;;***
11755 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
11756 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
11757 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 33026))
11758 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
11760 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11761 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
11763 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
11765 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11766 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
11768 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11769 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
11771 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11772 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
11774 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
11776 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11777 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
11779 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11780 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
11782 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
11783 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
11785 ;;;***
11787 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
11788 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
11789 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14826
11790 ;;;;;; 56519))
11791 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
11793 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
11794 Support extensible programmable completion.
11795 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
11796 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
11798 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
11799 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
11801 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
11802 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
11803 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
11805 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
11806 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
11808 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
11809 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
11810 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
11812 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
11813 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
11815 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
11816 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
11818 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
11819 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
11820 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
11821 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
11822 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
11824 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
11825 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
11827 ;;;***
11829 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
11830 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
11831 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14825 31072))
11832 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
11834 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
11835 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
11836 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
11837 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11839 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
11841 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
11842 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
11843 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
11844 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11845 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
11846 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
11847 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
11849 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
11850 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
11851 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
11852 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11853 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
11854 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11855 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
11856 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
11858 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
11859 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
11860 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11861 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
11862 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11863 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
11865 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
11866 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
11867 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
11868 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
11869 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
11870 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
11871 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
11873 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
11875 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
11876 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
11877 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
11879 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
11880 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
11881 NIL means never do it.
11882 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
11883 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
11884 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
11886 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
11887 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
11888 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
11890 ;;;***
11892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14663 20185))
11893 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
11895 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
11897 ;;;***
11899 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
11900 ;;;;;; (14807 56561))
11901 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
11903 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
11904 Major mode for editing Perl code.
11905 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
11906 Tab indents for Perl code.
11907 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
11908 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11909 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11910 \\{perl-mode-map}
11911 Variables controlling indentation style:
11912 perl-tab-always-indent
11913 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
11914 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11915 perl-tab-to-comment
11916 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
11917 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
11918 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
11919 perl-nochange
11920 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
11921 perl-indent-level
11922 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
11923 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11924 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11925 perl-continued-statement-offset
11926 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11927 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11928 perl-continued-brace-offset
11929 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11930 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
11931 perl-brace-offset
11932 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11933 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
11934 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11935 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11936 perl-label-offset
11937 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
11939 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
11940 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
11941 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
11942 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
11943 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
11944 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
11945 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
11947 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
11949 ;;;***
11951 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
11952 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
11953 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
11955 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
11956 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
11957 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
11958 afterwards settable by these commands:
11959 C-c < Move left after insertion.
11960 C-c > Move right after insertion.
11961 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
11962 C-c . Move down after insertion.
11963 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
11964 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
11965 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
11966 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
11967 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
11968 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
11969 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
11970 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
11971 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
11972 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
11973 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
11974 with these commands:
11975 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
11976 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
11977 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
11978 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
11979 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
11980 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
11981 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
11982 Return Move to beginning of next line.
11983 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
11984 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
11985 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
11986 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
11987 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
11988 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
11989 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
11990 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
11991 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
11992 You can manipulate text with these commands:
11993 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
11994 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
11995 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
11996 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
11997 text is saved in the kill ring.
11998 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
11999 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12000 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12001 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12002 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12003 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12004 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12005 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12006 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12007 commands if invoked soon enough.
12008 You can return to the previous mode with:
12009 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12010 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12012 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
12014 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12015 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12017 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12019 ;;;***
12021 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14747 44776))
12022 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12024 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12025 Play pong and waste time.
12026 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12027 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12029 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12031 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12033 ;;;***
12035 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12036 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
12037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12039 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12040 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12041 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12042 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12043 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12045 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12046 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12047 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12048 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12049 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12051 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12052 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12053 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12054 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12056 ;;;***
12058 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12059 ;;;;;; (14729 20675))
12060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12062 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12063 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12064 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12065 Commands:
12066 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12067 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12068 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12070 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12071 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12073 ;;;***
12075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
12076 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12078 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12079 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12080 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12082 ;;;***
12084 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
12085 ;;;;;; 3920))
12086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12088 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
12089 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
12091 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
12093 The following variables hold user options, and can
12094 be set through the `customize' command:
12096 ps-mode-auto-indent
12097 ps-mode-tab
12098 ps-mode-paper-size
12099 ps-mode-print-function
12100 ps-run-prompt
12101 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
12102 ps-run-x
12103 ps-run-dumb
12104 ps-run-init
12105 ps-run-error-line-numbers
12106 ps-run-tmp-dir
12108 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
12111 \\{ps-mode-map}
12114 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
12115 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
12116 The keymap for this second window is:
12118 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
12121 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
12122 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
12123 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
12124 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
12125 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
12126 " t nil)
12128 ;;;***
12130 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
12131 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
12132 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
12133 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14729 19580))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12136 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12137 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12139 Valid values are:
12141 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12142 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12143 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12144 changed by setting the variable
12145 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12146 The initial value of this variable is
12147 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12148 documentation).
12150 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12151 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12152 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12153 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12154 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12155 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12156 test it.
12158 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12159 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12160 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12161 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12162 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12163 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12164 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12165 use this value, be sure to have installed
12166 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
12167 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12168 documentation of this variable).
12170 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12171 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12172 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12173 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12174 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12175 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12177 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12179 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12180 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12181 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12183 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12185 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12186 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12188 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12190 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12192 Returns the value:
12194 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12196 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12197 the sequence." nil nil)
12199 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12200 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12202 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12203 composition.
12205 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12207 Returns the value:
12209 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12211 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12212 the sequence." nil nil)
12214 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12215 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12217 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12218 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12219 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12221 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12223 ;;;***
12225 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12226 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12227 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12228 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12229 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12230 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14840 15865))
12231 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12233 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12234 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12235 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12236 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12238 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12239 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12241 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12242 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12244 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12245 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
12246 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12248 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12249 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12250 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12252 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12253 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12254 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12255 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12256 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12258 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12259 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12260 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12262 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12263 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12264 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12265 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12266 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12268 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12269 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12270 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
12271 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12273 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12275 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12276 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12277 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
12278 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12279 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12281 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12283 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12284 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12285 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12287 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12289 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12290 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12291 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
12292 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
12293 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
12295 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12297 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
12298 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
12300 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
12301 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
12302 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
12304 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
12305 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
12306 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
12308 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
12309 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
12310 using the current ps-print setup.
12311 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
12312 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
12314 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12315 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
12316 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12318 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
12319 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
12320 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12322 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
12323 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
12325 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
12326 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12328 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
12329 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12331 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
12333 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
12335 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
12336 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12338 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
12339 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12341 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
12343 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
12345 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
12347 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
12348 foreground and background colors respectively.
12350 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
12351 bold - use bold font.
12352 italic - use italic font.
12353 underline - put a line under text.
12354 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
12355 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
12356 shadow - text will have a shadow.
12357 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
12358 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
12360 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
12362 ;;;***
12364 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
12365 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
12366 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
12367 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
12368 ;;;;;; (14842 10654))
12369 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
12371 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
12372 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
12373 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
12375 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
12376 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
12377 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
12378 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
12379 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
12380 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
12381 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
12383 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
12384 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
12385 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
12386 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
12387 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
12388 shown.
12389 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
12391 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
12392 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
12393 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
12394 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
12395 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
12396 list of candidates.
12398 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
12399 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
12400 command to be called.
12402 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
12403 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
12404 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
12405 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
12407 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
12408 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
12409 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
12410 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
12411 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
12412 to t.
12414 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
12415 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
12416 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
12417 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
12419 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
12420 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
12421 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
12422 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
12424 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
12425 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
12426 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
12427 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
12428 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
12429 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
12431 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
12432 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
12433 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
12434 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
12435 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
12436 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
12438 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
12439 covers Quail translation region.
12441 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
12442 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
12443 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
12444 for it) is inserted.
12446 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
12447 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
12448 vs. corresponding command to be called.
12450 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
12451 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
12452 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
12454 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12455 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
12457 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
12458 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
12459 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
12460 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
12461 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
12463 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12464 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
12466 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
12467 keyboard type." t nil)
12469 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
12470 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
12471 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
12472 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12473 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
12474 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12475 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12476 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12477 for the translation.
12478 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12480 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12481 it is used to handle KEY.
12483 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
12484 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
12485 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
12486 the following annotation types are supported.
12488 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
12489 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
12491 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
12492 candidate list.
12494 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
12495 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
12496 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
12497 inserted.
12499 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
12500 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
12502 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
12503 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
12505 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12506 which to install MAP.
12508 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
12510 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
12511 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
12513 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12514 which to install MAP.
12516 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
12518 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
12519 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
12520 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12521 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
12522 a function, or a cons.
12523 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12524 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12525 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12526 for the translation.
12527 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
12528 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
12529 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
12530 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
12531 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12533 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12534 it is used to handle KEY.
12536 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
12537 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
12538 current Quail package.
12540 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
12541 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
12543 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
12544 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
12546 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
12547 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
12549 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
12551 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
12552 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
12554 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
12555 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
12556 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
12557 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
12558 of the Emacs source tree.
12560 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
12561 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
12563 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
12564 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
12565 of each directory." t nil)
12567 ;;;***
12569 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
12570 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
12571 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
12572 ;;;;;; 8650))
12573 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
12575 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
12576 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
12577 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
12578 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
12580 To make use of this do something like:
12582 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
12584 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
12586 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
12587 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
12589 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
12590 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12591 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12593 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
12594 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
12596 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
12597 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
12599 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
12600 is decided." t nil)
12602 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
12603 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
12605 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
12606 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
12607 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
12609 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
12610 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
12612 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
12613 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
12615 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
12616 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
12618 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
12620 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
12622 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
12623 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
12625 ;;;***
12627 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (14550
12628 ;;;;;; 7848))
12629 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
12631 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
12632 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
12633 See \\[compile]." t nil)
12635 ;;;***
12637 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
12638 ;;;;;; (14539 46619))
12639 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
12641 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
12642 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
12644 ;;;***
12646 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
12647 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
12648 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14838 50964))
12649 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
12651 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
12652 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
12654 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
12655 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
12657 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
12658 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
12660 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
12661 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
12662 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
12663 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
12664 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
12666 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
12667 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
12669 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
12670 Toggle Recentf mode.
12671 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12672 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
12674 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12676 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
12678 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
12679 Toggle recentf mode.
12680 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12681 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12683 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
12684 were operated on recently." t nil)
12686 ;;;***
12688 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
12689 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
12690 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
12691 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14710
12692 ;;;;;; 21251))
12693 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
12695 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
12696 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
12697 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
12698 spaces and tab.
12700 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
12701 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
12703 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
12704 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
12705 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
12706 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
12707 ends.
12709 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12710 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
12711 to be deleted." t nil)
12713 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
12714 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
12715 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
12717 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12718 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
12719 deleted." nil nil)
12721 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
12722 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
12723 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
12725 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
12726 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
12728 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12729 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
12731 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
12732 deleted." t nil)
12734 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
12735 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
12737 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
12738 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
12739 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
12740 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
12741 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
12742 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
12743 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
12745 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
12746 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
12748 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
12749 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
12751 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12752 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
12753 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
12754 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
12756 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
12757 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
12758 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
12759 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
12760 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
12762 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12763 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
12765 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
12766 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
12768 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12769 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
12770 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
12772 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
12773 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
12775 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
12776 Blank out the region-rectangle.
12777 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
12779 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
12780 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
12781 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
12783 ;;;***
12785 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (14842
12786 ;;;;;; 10654))
12787 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
12789 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
12790 Toggle Refill minor mode.
12791 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
12793 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
12794 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
12795 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
12797 ;;;***
12799 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
12800 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
12801 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
12803 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
12804 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
12806 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
12807 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
12809 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
12810 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
12812 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
12813 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
12814 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
12815 \\ref macro.
12817 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
12818 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
12819 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
12821 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
12822 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
12823 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
12825 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
12826 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
12828 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
12829 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
12831 \\{reftex-mode-map}
12832 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
12833 on the menu bar.
12835 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
12837 ;;;***
12839 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
12840 ;;;;;; (14702 63699))
12841 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
12843 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
12844 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
12845 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
12846 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
12847 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
12848 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
12850 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
12852 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
12854 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
12855 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
12856 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
12857 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
12859 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
12860 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
12861 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
12862 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
12864 ;;;***
12866 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
12867 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
12868 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
12870 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
12871 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
12872 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
12874 To insert new phrases, use
12875 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
12876 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
12878 To index phrases use one of:
12880 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
12881 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
12882 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
12883 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
12884 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
12886 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
12887 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
12889 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
12891 Here are all local bindings.
12893 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
12895 ;;;***
12897 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
12898 ;;;;;; (14816 63829))
12899 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
12901 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
12902 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
12903 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
12904 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
12905 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
12906 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
12908 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
12909 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
12911 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
12912 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
12914 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
12915 Return the depth of REGEXP.
12916 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
12917 in REGEXP." nil nil)
12919 ;;;***
12921 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
12922 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
12924 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
12925 Repeat most recently executed command.
12926 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
12927 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
12928 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
12930 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
12931 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
12932 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
12934 ;;;***
12936 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
12937 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
12938 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
12940 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
12941 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
12943 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
12944 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
12945 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
12946 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
12947 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
12948 and point is left after the salutation.
12950 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
12951 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
12952 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
12953 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
12954 left after that text.
12956 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
12957 is non-nil.
12959 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
12960 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
12961 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
12962 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
12964 ;;;***
12966 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
12967 ;;;;;; (14808 17014))
12968 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
12970 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
12971 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
12972 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
12973 visibility of comments that precede it.
12974 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
12975 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
12976 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
12977 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
12978 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
12979 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
12980 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
12981 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
12982 the comment lines.
12983 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
12984 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
12985 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
12986 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
12987 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
12988 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
12990 ;;;***
12992 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
12993 ;;;;;; 50658))
12994 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
12996 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
12997 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
12999 ;;;***
13001 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13002 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13005 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13006 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13008 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13009 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13011 ;;;***
13013 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
13014 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13015 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13017 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13018 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13019 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13020 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13022 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13024 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13025 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13026 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13027 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13029 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13030 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13032 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13033 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13035 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13036 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13037 INPUT-ARGS.
13039 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13040 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13041 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13042 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13043 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13045 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13046 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13047 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13048 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13050 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13051 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13052 variable." t nil)
13054 ;;;***
13056 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13057 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13058 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13059 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13060 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13061 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13062 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14726 41837))
13063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13065 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13066 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13067 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13068 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13070 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13071 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13072 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13073 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13074 value is the user's name.)
13075 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13077 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
13078 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13079 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13080 which normally happens once for each message,
13081 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13082 To make a change in this variable take effect
13083 for a message that you have already viewed,
13084 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13086 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13087 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13088 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13089 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13091 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
13092 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13094 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13095 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13096 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13097 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13099 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13100 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13102 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13103 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13105 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13106 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13107 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13108 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13109 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13111 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13112 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13114 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13115 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13117 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13118 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13120 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
13121 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13123 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13124 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13126 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13127 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13129 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13130 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13132 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13133 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13135 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13136 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13137 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13138 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13140 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13141 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13143 This is set to nil by default.")
13145 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13146 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13147 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13148 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13149 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13151 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13152 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
13154 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13155 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13156 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13157 this feature is required with `require'.")
13159 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13160 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13161 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13162 the message is decoded as normal way.
13164 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13165 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13166 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13168 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13169 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13170 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13172 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13173 Read and edit incoming mail.
13174 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13175 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13176 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13178 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13179 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13180 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13181 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13183 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13185 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13186 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13187 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13188 Instead, these commands are available:
13190 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13191 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13192 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13193 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13194 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13195 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13196 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13197 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13198 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13199 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13200 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13201 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13202 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13203 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13204 till a deleted message is found.
13205 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13206 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13207 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13208 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13209 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13210 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
13211 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
13212 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
13213 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
13214 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
13215 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
13216 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
13217 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
13218 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
13219 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
13220 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
13221 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
13222 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
13223 (label defaults to last one specified).
13224 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
13225 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
13226 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
13227 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
13228 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
13229 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
13230 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
13231 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
13232 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
13234 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
13235 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
13237 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
13238 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
13240 ;;;***
13242 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
13243 ;;;;;; (14387 64265))
13244 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
13246 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
13247 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
13249 ;;;***
13251 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
13252 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
13253 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
13254 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
13256 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13257 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13258 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13260 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13261 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13262 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13264 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
13266 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13267 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
13268 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13269 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13270 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13272 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13273 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
13274 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13275 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13276 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13278 ;;;***
13280 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
13281 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
13282 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
13284 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
13285 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
13286 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
13287 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
13289 ;;;***
13291 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
13292 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
13293 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
13294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
13296 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
13297 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
13298 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
13299 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
13300 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
13301 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
13302 a file name as a string.")
13304 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
13305 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
13306 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
13307 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
13308 buffer visiting that file.
13309 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
13310 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
13312 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
13313 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13315 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13316 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13318 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
13319 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
13321 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
13322 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
13324 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
13325 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
13326 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13327 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13328 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
13330 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
13331 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
13332 will be appended with their original headers.
13334 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
13335 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13337 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
13338 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
13340 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
13342 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
13343 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
13344 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
13346 ;;;***
13348 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
13349 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
13350 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
13351 ;;;;;; 26387))
13352 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
13354 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
13355 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
13356 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13358 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
13359 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
13360 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13362 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
13363 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
13364 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13366 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
13367 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
13368 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13370 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
13371 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
13372 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13374 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
13375 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
13376 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13378 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
13379 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
13380 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
13381 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
13383 ;;;***
13385 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
13386 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
13387 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
13388 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
13389 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14637 38354))
13390 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
13392 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
13393 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
13395 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
13396 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
13398 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
13399 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
13401 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
13402 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
13403 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
13405 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
13406 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
13407 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
13408 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13409 only look in the To and From fields.
13410 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13412 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
13413 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
13414 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
13415 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
13416 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
13418 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
13419 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
13420 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
13421 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13422 look in the whole message.
13423 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13425 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
13426 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
13427 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
13429 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
13430 *Function to decode summary-line.
13432 By default, `identity' is set.")
13434 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
13435 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
13436 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
13437 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
13438 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
13439 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
13440 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
13442 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
13443 sent by you under different user names.
13444 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
13446 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
13448 ;;;***
13450 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
13451 ;;;;;; (14660 49436))
13452 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
13454 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
13455 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
13456 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
13457 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
13459 ;;;***
13461 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
13462 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
13463 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
13465 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
13466 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
13467 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
13469 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
13470 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
13472 ;;;***
13474 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
13475 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
13476 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
13477 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
13478 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
13480 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
13481 *This variable is obsolete.")
13483 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13485 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
13487 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
13488 *This variable is obsolete.")
13490 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
13491 *This variable is obsolete.")
13493 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
13494 *This variable is obsolete.")
13496 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
13497 *This variable is obsolete.")
13499 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
13500 *This variable is obsolete.")
13502 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
13503 This function is obsolete." t nil)
13505 ;;;***
13507 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
13508 ;;;;;; (14821 46406))
13509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
13511 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
13512 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
13513 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13515 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
13516 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
13517 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
13518 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
13519 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
13520 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
13521 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
13522 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
13524 Commands:
13525 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13526 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13527 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13528 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
13529 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13531 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
13532 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
13533 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13535 Commands:
13536 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13537 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
13538 \\{scheme-mode-map}
13539 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
13540 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
13541 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
13543 ;;;***
13545 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
13546 ;;;;;; (14792 2703))
13547 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
13549 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
13550 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
13551 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
13553 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
13555 ;;;***
13557 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
13558 ;;;;;; 56615))
13559 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
13561 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
13562 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
13563 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
13564 \\{scribe-mode-map}
13566 Interesting variables:
13568 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
13569 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
13571 scribe-electric-quote
13572 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
13574 scribe-electric-parenthesis
13575 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
13576 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
13578 ;;;***
13580 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
13581 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
13582 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
13583 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
13584 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14816 63829))
13585 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
13587 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
13588 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
13590 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
13591 king@grassland.com
13592 If `parens', they look like:
13593 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
13594 If `angles', they look like:
13595 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
13596 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
13597 derived from the envelope-from address.
13599 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
13600 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
13601 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
13602 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
13604 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
13605 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
13606 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
13608 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
13609 is a privileged operation.")
13611 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
13612 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
13613 This is done when the message is initialized,
13614 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
13616 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
13617 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
13618 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
13620 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
13621 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
13623 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
13624 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
13625 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
13626 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
13628 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
13629 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
13631 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
13632 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
13633 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
13635 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
13636 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
13637 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
13638 when you first send mail.")
13640 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
13641 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
13642 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
13643 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
13644 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
13646 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
13647 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
13648 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
13649 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
13650 This file need not actually exist.")
13652 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
13653 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
13654 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
13655 If a string, that string is inserted.
13656 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
13657 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
13658 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
13659 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
13661 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
13662 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
13663 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
13664 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
13665 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
13666 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
13667 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
13668 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
13669 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
13670 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
13671 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
13672 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
13673 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
13675 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
13676 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
13677 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
13678 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
13679 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
13680 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
13682 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
13683 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
13684 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
13686 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
13687 User should not set this variable manually,
13688 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
13689 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
13690 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
13691 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
13693 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
13694 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
13695 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
13696 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
13698 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
13699 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
13701 \\<mail-mode-map>
13702 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
13704 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
13705 to move to message header fields:
13706 \\{mail-mode-map}
13708 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
13709 when the message is initialized.
13711 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
13712 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
13714 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
13715 is inserted.
13717 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
13718 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
13720 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
13721 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
13723 The second through fifth arguments,
13724 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
13725 the initial contents of those header fields.
13726 These arguments should not have final newlines.
13727 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
13728 original message being replied to, or else an action
13729 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
13730 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
13731 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
13732 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
13733 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
13734 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
13736 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
13737 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
13739 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
13740 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
13742 ;;;***
13744 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14754 19514))
13745 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
13747 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
13748 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
13749 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
13750 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
13751 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
13752 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
13754 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
13756 ;;;***
13758 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
13759 ;;;;;; (14501 47217))
13760 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
13762 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
13763 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
13764 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
13765 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
13766 `sgml-quick-keys'.
13768 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
13769 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
13770 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
13772 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
13773 your `.emacs' file.
13775 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
13777 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
13778 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
13779 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
13781 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
13782 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
13783 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
13784 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
13785 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
13786 which this is based.
13788 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
13790 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
13791 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
13792 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
13793 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
13795 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
13796 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
13797 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
13799 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
13800 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
13801 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
13802 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
13804 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
13805 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
13806 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
13807 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
13809 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
13811 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
13812 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
13813 To work around that, do:
13814 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
13816 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
13818 ;;;***
13820 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
13821 ;;;;;; (14834 5677))
13822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
13824 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
13826 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
13827 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
13828 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
13829 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
13830 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
13831 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
13833 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
13834 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
13835 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
13836 shell-specific features.
13838 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
13839 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
13840 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
13842 \\[sh-case] case statement
13843 \\[sh-for] for loop
13844 \\[sh-function] function definition
13845 \\[sh-if] if statement
13846 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
13847 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
13848 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
13849 \\[sh-select] select loop
13850 \\[sh-until] until loop
13851 \\[sh-while] while loop
13853 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
13854 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
13855 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
13856 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
13857 would indent to the way it currently is.
13858 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
13859 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
13862 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
13863 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
13864 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
13865 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
13866 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
13867 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
13869 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
13870 {, (, [, ', \", `
13871 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
13873 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
13874 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
13875 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
13877 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
13878 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
13880 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
13882 ;;;***
13884 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
13885 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
13886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
13888 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
13889 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
13891 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
13892 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
13893 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
13894 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
13895 the earlier.
13897 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
13899 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
13901 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
13902 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
13903 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
13905 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
13906 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
13908 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
13909 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
13910 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
13911 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
13912 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
13913 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
13914 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
13915 emacs version).
13917 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
13918 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
13919 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
13920 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
13921 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
13923 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
13924 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
13925 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
13927 ;;;***
13929 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
13930 ;;;;;; (14841 19790))
13931 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
13933 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
13934 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history.
13935 For shells that match this regexp, Emacs will write out the
13936 command history when the shell finishes.")
13938 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
13939 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
13940 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
13941 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
13942 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
13943 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
13944 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
13945 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
13946 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
13947 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
13948 discards input when it starts up.)
13949 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
13950 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
13951 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
13953 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
13954 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
13955 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
13956 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
13957 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
13958 `default-process-coding-system'.
13960 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
13961 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
13962 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
13963 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
13965 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
13966 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
13968 ;;;***
13970 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
13971 ;;;;;; 23740))
13972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
13974 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
13975 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
13976 \\{simula-mode-map}
13977 Variables controlling indentation style:
13978 simula-tab-always-indent
13979 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
13980 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13981 simula-indent-level
13982 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
13983 simula-substatement-offset
13984 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
13985 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
13986 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
13987 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
13988 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
13989 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
13990 simula-label-offset -4711
13991 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
13992 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
13993 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
13994 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
13995 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
13996 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
13997 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
13998 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
13999 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
14000 simula-electric-indent nil
14001 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
14002 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
14003 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
14004 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
14005 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
14006 or nil if they should not be changed.
14007 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
14008 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
14009 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
14010 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
14012 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
14013 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
14015 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
14016 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
14017 at all." t nil)
14019 ;;;***
14021 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
14022 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
14023 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
14024 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
14026 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
14027 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
14029 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
14030 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
14031 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
14032 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
14033 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
14035 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
14036 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14037 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14038 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14039 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14040 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14041 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14043 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14044 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14045 ignored." t nil)
14047 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
14048 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14049 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14050 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14051 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14052 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14053 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14055 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14056 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14057 ignored." t nil)
14059 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
14060 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
14062 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
14063 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
14064 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
14065 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
14067 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
14068 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
14069 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
14070 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
14072 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
14073 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
14074 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
14076 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
14077 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
14079 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
14080 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
14082 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
14083 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
14084 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
14085 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
14086 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
14087 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
14088 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
14089 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
14090 nil skipped
14092 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
14093 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
14094 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
14095 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
14096 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
14097 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
14098 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
14099 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
14101 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
14102 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
14103 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
14104 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
14105 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
14106 available:
14108 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
14109 then: insert previously read string once more
14110 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
14111 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
14112 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
14114 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
14115 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
14117 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
14118 Insert the character you type ARG times.
14120 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
14121 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
14122 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
14123 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
14125 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
14126 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
14127 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
14129 ;;;***
14131 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14814
14132 ;;;;;; 33056))
14133 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
14135 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
14136 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
14137 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
14139 ;;;***
14141 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
14142 ;;;;;; (14811 40584))
14143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
14145 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
14146 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images." t nil)
14148 ;;;***
14150 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
14151 ;;;;;; (14342 21630))
14152 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
14154 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
14156 ;;;***
14158 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
14159 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
14161 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
14162 Play the Snake game.
14163 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
14165 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
14167 snake-mode keybindings:
14168 \\<snake-mode-map>
14169 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
14170 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
14171 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
14172 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
14173 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
14174 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
14175 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
14177 " t nil)
14179 ;;;***
14181 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
14182 ;;;;;; (14550 9134))
14183 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
14185 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14186 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
14187 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14188 Tab indents for C code.
14189 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14190 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14191 \\{snmp-mode-map}
14192 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
14193 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
14195 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14196 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
14197 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14198 Tab indents for C code.
14199 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14200 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14201 \\{snmp-mode-map}
14202 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
14203 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
14205 ;;;***
14207 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
14208 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
14209 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
14210 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
14212 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
14213 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
14215 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
14216 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
14217 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
14219 For example, the form
14221 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
14222 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
14224 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
14226 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
14227 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14229 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14230 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
14231 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
14232 York City.
14234 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14236 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
14237 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14239 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14240 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
14241 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
14242 York City.
14244 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14246 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
14247 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
14248 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
14249 pair.
14251 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14253 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
14254 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
14255 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
14257 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
14258 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
14260 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
14262 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
14263 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
14264 Requires floating point." nil nil)
14266 ;;;***
14268 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
14269 ;;;;;; 20348))
14270 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
14272 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
14273 Play Solitaire.
14275 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
14276 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
14277 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
14278 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
14279 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
14280 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
14281 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
14282 check after each move or undo)
14284 What is Solitaire?
14286 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
14287 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
14288 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
14290 Le Solitaire
14291 ============
14293 o o o
14295 o o o
14297 o o o o o o o
14299 o o o . o o o
14301 o o o o o o o
14303 o o o
14305 o o o
14307 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
14308 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
14309 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
14310 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
14312 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
14313 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
14314 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
14315 this: o o .
14317 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
14318 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
14320 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
14322 o o o
14324 . o o
14326 o o . o o o o
14328 o . o o o o o
14330 o o o o o o o
14332 o o o
14334 o o o
14336 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
14338 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
14340 ;;;***
14342 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
14343 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
14344 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36842))
14345 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
14347 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
14348 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
14349 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
14351 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
14352 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
14353 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
14354 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
14355 contiguous.
14357 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
14358 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
14359 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14360 the sort order.
14362 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
14363 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
14365 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
14366 It moves point to the start of the next record.
14367 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
14368 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
14369 is called.
14371 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
14372 It should move point to the end of the record.
14374 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
14375 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
14376 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
14377 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
14378 starts at the beginning of the record.
14380 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
14381 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
14382 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
14384 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
14385 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14386 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14387 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14388 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14389 the sort order." t nil)
14391 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
14392 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14393 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14394 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14395 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14396 the sort order." t nil)
14398 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
14399 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14400 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14401 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14402 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14403 the sort order." t nil)
14405 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
14406 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
14407 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14408 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
14409 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
14410 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
14411 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14412 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14413 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
14415 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
14416 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
14417 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14418 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14419 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14420 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
14421 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14422 the sort order." t nil)
14424 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
14425 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
14426 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
14427 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
14428 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
14429 is to be used for sorting.
14430 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
14431 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
14432 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
14433 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
14434 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
14436 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
14438 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14439 the sort order.
14441 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
14442 starting with the letter \"f\",
14443 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
14445 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
14446 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
14447 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
14448 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
14449 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
14450 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
14451 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14452 the sort order.
14454 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
14455 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
14456 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
14457 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
14458 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
14460 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
14461 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
14462 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
14464 ;;;***
14466 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
14467 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14782 11914))
14468 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
14470 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
14472 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
14473 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
14474 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
14475 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
14476 supported at a time.
14477 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
14478 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
14480 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
14481 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
14482 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
14483 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
14485 ;;;***
14487 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
14488 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
14489 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
14491 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14493 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
14494 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
14495 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
14496 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
14497 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
14498 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
14500 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
14501 Check spelling of word at or before point.
14502 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
14503 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
14505 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
14506 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
14507 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
14508 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
14509 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
14511 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
14512 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
14514 ;;;***
14516 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
14517 ;;;;;; 63829))
14518 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
14520 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
14521 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
14523 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
14524 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
14526 ;;;***
14528 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql
14529 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql"
14530 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14829 52426))
14531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
14533 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
14534 Show short help for the SQL modes.
14536 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
14537 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
14539 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
14541 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
14543 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
14545 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
14546 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
14547 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
14548 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
14549 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
14550 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
14551 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
14553 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
14555 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
14556 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
14557 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
14558 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
14560 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
14561 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
14562 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
14563 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
14565 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
14566 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
14567 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
14569 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
14570 Major mode to edit SQL.
14572 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
14573 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
14574 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
14576 \\{sql-mode-map}
14577 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
14579 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
14580 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
14581 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
14582 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
14583 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
14584 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
14586 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
14587 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
14589 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
14590 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
14592 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14593 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14594 `*SQL*'.
14596 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
14597 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
14598 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
14599 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
14601 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14602 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14604 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14605 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14606 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14607 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14608 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14609 `default-process-coding-system'.
14611 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14613 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
14614 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
14616 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14617 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14618 `*SQL*'.
14620 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
14621 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
14622 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.
14624 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14625 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14627 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14628 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14629 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14630 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14631 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14632 `default-process-coding-system'.
14634 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14636 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
14637 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
14639 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14640 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14641 `*SQL*'.
14643 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
14644 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
14646 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14647 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14649 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14650 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14651 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14652 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14653 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14654 `default-process-coding-system'.
14656 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14658 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
14659 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
14661 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
14662 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
14664 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14665 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14666 `*SQL*'.
14668 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
14669 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
14670 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.
14672 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14673 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14675 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14676 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14677 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14678 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14679 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14680 `default-process-coding-system'.
14682 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14684 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
14685 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
14687 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14688 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14689 `*SQL*'.
14691 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
14692 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
14693 defaults, if set.
14695 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14696 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14698 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14699 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14700 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14701 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14702 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14703 `default-process-coding-system'.
14705 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14707 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
14708 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
14710 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14711 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14712 `*SQL*'.
14714 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
14715 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
14717 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14718 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14720 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14721 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14722 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14723 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14724 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14725 `default-process-coding-system'.
14727 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14729 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
14730 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
14732 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14733 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14734 `*SQL*'.
14736 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
14737 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
14738 as defaults, if set.
14740 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14741 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14743 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14744 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14745 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14746 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14747 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14748 `default-process-coding-system'.
14750 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14752 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
14753 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
14755 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
14756 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
14757 `*SQL*'.
14759 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
14760 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
14762 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
14763 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
14765 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14766 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14767 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14768 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
14769 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14770 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
14771 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
14772 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
14774 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
14775 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
14777 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14779 ;;;***
14781 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
14782 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
14783 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
14784 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
14785 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
14786 ;;;;;; (14788 10033))
14787 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
14789 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
14790 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
14791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
14792 or M-x strokes-mode.")
14794 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14796 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
14798 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
14799 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
14800 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
14801 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
14802 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
14803 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
14805 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
14807 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
14808 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
14809 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
14810 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
14811 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
14812 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
14813 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
14815 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
14816 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
14817 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
14818 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
14819 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
14820 then complete the stroke with button3.
14821 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
14823 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
14824 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
14825 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
14827 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
14828 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
14829 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
14831 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
14832 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
14834 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
14836 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
14837 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
14839 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
14840 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
14842 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
14844 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
14845 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
14846 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
14847 chronologically by command name.
14848 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
14850 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
14851 Toggle strokes being enabled.
14852 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
14853 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
14854 mode in all buffers when activated.
14855 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
14856 new strokes with
14858 > M-x global-set-stroke
14860 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
14861 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
14862 strokes with
14864 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
14865 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
14867 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
14868 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
14869 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
14870 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
14872 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
14873 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
14875 ;;;***
14877 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
14878 ;;;;;; (14816 63829))
14879 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
14881 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
14882 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
14884 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
14885 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
14887 ;;;***
14889 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
14890 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
14891 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
14893 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
14894 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
14895 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
14896 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
14897 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
14898 original message but it does require a few things:
14900 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
14902 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
14903 reply buffer.
14905 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
14906 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
14907 original message.
14909 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
14911 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
14913 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
14914 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
14915 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
14917 ;;;***
14919 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
14920 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
14922 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
14923 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
14924 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
14925 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
14926 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
14928 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
14929 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
14930 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
14931 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
14932 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
14933 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
14934 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
14936 ;;;***
14938 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
14939 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
14941 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
14942 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
14944 ;;;***
14946 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14664 40536))
14947 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
14949 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
14950 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
14951 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
14952 Letters no longer insert themselves.
14953 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
14954 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
14955 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
14957 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
14958 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
14959 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
14960 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
14962 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
14963 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
14965 ;;;***
14967 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
14968 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14729 20675))
14969 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
14971 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
14972 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
14973 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
14974 Tab indents for Tcl code.
14975 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14976 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14978 Variables controlling indentation style:
14979 tcl-indent-level
14980 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
14981 tcl-continued-indent-level
14982 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
14984 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
14985 documentation for details):
14986 tcl-tab-always-indent
14987 Controls action of TAB key.
14988 tcl-auto-newline
14989 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
14990 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
14991 tcl-electric-hash-style
14992 Controls action of `#' key.
14993 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
14994 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
14995 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
14996 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
14997 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
14998 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
15000 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
15001 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
15002 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
15003 already exist.
15005 Commands:
15006 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
15008 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
15009 Run inferior Tcl process.
15010 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
15011 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
15013 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
15014 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
15015 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
15017 ;;;***
15019 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (14729 20675))
15020 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
15021 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15023 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
15024 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15025 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
15026 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
15027 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
15028 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
15029 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15030 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
15032 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
15033 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15034 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
15035 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15037 ;;;***
15039 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14702
15040 ;;;;;; 63698))
15041 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
15043 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
15044 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
15045 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
15046 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
15047 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
15048 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
15050 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
15051 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15053 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
15054 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15056 ;;;***
15058 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758
15059 ;;;;;; 23449))
15060 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
15062 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
15063 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
15064 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
15065 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
15066 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
15067 program as keyboard input.
15069 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
15070 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
15071 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
15072 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
15074 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
15075 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
15076 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
15077 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
15078 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
15080 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
15082 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
15083 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
15084 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
15085 terminal-redisplay-interval.
15087 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
15088 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
15089 subprocess started." t nil)
15091 ;;;***
15093 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
15094 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
15096 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
15097 Play the Tetris game.
15098 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
15099 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
15100 as to form complete rows.
15102 tetris-mode keybindings:
15103 \\<tetris-mode-map>
15104 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
15105 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
15106 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15107 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
15108 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
15109 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
15110 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
15111 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
15113 " t nil)
15115 ;;;***
15117 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
15118 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
15119 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15120 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
15121 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
15122 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
15123 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
15124 ;;;;;; (14825 31079))
15125 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
15127 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
15128 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
15130 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
15131 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
15132 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
15133 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
15134 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
15136 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
15137 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
15138 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
15139 if it matches the first line of the file,
15140 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
15142 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
15143 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
15144 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
15145 if the variable is non-nil.")
15147 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
15148 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
15150 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
15151 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
15152 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15153 See the documentation of that variable.")
15155 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
15156 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
15157 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15158 See the documentation of that variable.")
15160 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
15161 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
15162 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15163 See the documentation of that variable.")
15165 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
15166 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
15167 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
15168 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
15170 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
15171 *User defined LaTeX block names.
15172 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
15174 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
15175 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
15176 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15177 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15179 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15180 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15181 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15182 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15184 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15185 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
15186 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15187 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15189 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
15190 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
15191 for example,
15193 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15194 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
15196 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
15197 use.")
15199 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
15200 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
15201 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15202 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15204 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
15205 window system being used. For example,
15207 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
15208 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
15210 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
15211 otherwise.")
15213 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
15214 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
15215 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
15217 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
15218 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
15219 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
15220 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
15221 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
15223 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
15224 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15226 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
15227 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15229 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15230 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
15231 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
15232 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
15233 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
15234 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
15235 says which mode to use." t nil)
15237 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
15239 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
15241 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
15243 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15244 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
15245 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15246 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15247 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15249 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
15250 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
15251 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15252 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15253 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15254 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15255 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15257 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15258 mismatched $'s or braces.
15260 Special commands:
15261 \\{tex-mode-map}
15263 Mode variables:
15264 tex-run-command
15265 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15266 tex-directory
15267 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
15268 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15269 tex-dvi-print-command
15270 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15271 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15272 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15273 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15274 tex-dvi-view-command
15275 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15276 tex-show-queue-command
15277 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15278 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15280 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15281 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
15282 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15284 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15285 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
15286 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15287 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15288 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15290 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15291 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15292 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15293 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15294 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15295 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15296 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15298 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15299 mismatched $'s or braces.
15301 Special commands:
15302 \\{tex-mode-map}
15304 Mode variables:
15305 latex-run-command
15306 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15307 tex-directory
15308 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
15309 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15310 tex-dvi-print-command
15311 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15312 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15313 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15314 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15315 tex-dvi-view-command
15316 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15317 tex-show-queue-command
15318 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15319 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15321 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
15322 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
15323 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15325 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15326 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
15327 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15328 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15329 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15331 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15332 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15333 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15334 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15335 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15336 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15337 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15339 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15340 mismatched $'s or braces.
15342 Special commands:
15343 \\{tex-mode-map}
15345 Mode variables:
15346 slitex-run-command
15347 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15348 tex-directory
15349 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
15350 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15351 tex-dvi-print-command
15352 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15353 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15354 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15355 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15356 tex-dvi-view-command
15357 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15358 tex-show-queue-command
15359 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15360 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15362 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15363 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
15364 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
15365 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15367 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
15369 ;;;***
15371 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
15372 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 36293))
15373 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
15375 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
15376 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
15377 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15378 name specified in the @setfilename command.
15380 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
15381 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
15382 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
15384 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
15385 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
15386 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
15387 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
15388 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
15390 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
15391 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
15392 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15393 names specified in the @setfilename command.
15395 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
15396 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
15397 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
15398 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
15400 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
15401 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
15403 ;;;***
15405 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
15406 ;;;;;; (14819 42855))
15407 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
15409 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
15410 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
15412 It has these extra commands:
15413 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
15415 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
15416 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
15417 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
15418 modified version of TeX input format.
15420 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
15421 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
15422 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
15423 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
15425 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
15426 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
15427 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
15428 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
15429 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
15430 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
15431 in the Texinfo file.
15433 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
15434 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
15435 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
15436 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
15437 move forward past the closing brace.
15439 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
15440 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
15442 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
15443 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
15444 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
15446 Here are the functions:
15448 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
15449 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
15450 texinfo-sequential-node-update
15452 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
15453 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
15454 texinfo-master-menu
15456 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
15458 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
15459 which menu descriptions are indented.
15461 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
15462 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
15463 in the region.
15465 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
15466 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
15467 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
15468 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
15470 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
15471 be the first node in the file.
15473 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
15474 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
15476 ;;;***
15478 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
15479 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
15480 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
15481 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
15483 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
15484 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
15485 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
15487 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
15488 keybindings, are:
15490 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
15491 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
15492 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
15494 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
15495 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
15496 texinfo-master-menu ()
15498 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
15500 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
15501 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
15503 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
15504 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
15506 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
15507 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
15509 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
15510 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
15511 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
15512 `p' takes you straight through the file.
15514 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
15515 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
15516 marked region.
15518 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
15519 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
15520 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
15521 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
15523 ;;;***
15525 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
15526 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
15527 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
15528 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
15530 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
15531 Compose Thai characters in the region.
15532 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15533 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
15535 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
15536 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
15538 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
15539 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
15541 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
15543 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
15544 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
15545 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15546 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15547 to compose.
15549 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
15551 ;;;***
15553 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
15554 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
15555 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125))
15556 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
15558 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
15559 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
15561 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15562 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
15563 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15564 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15565 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15567 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15568 a symbol as a valid THING.
15570 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
15571 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
15573 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
15574 Return the THING at point.
15575 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
15576 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
15577 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
15579 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
15580 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
15582 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15584 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15586 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15588 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
15590 ;;;***
15592 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
15593 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
15594 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
15595 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
15596 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672
15597 ;;;;;; 33974))
15598 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
15600 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
15601 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
15602 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
15604 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
15605 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
15607 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
15608 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
15609 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
15611 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15612 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
15614 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15615 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
15617 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
15618 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
15619 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
15620 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
15622 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
15623 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
15624 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
15625 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
15627 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15629 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15630 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
15631 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
15633 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
15634 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
15635 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
15637 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15639 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
15641 ;;;***
15643 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
15644 ;;;;;; (14780 47087))
15645 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
15647 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
15648 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
15649 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15650 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15651 parameters.
15652 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15654 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
15655 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
15656 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
15657 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
15658 parameters.
15659 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
15661 ;;;***
15663 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
15664 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (14807 56560))
15665 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
15667 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
15668 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
15670 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
15671 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15672 This display updates automatically every minute.
15673 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15674 are displayed as well.
15675 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15677 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
15678 Toggle Display-Time mode.
15679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15680 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
15682 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15684 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
15686 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
15687 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
15688 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
15690 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
15691 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
15692 are displayed as well.
15693 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
15695 ;;;***
15697 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
15698 ;;;;;; (14791 27442))
15699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
15701 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
15702 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
15704 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
15705 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
15706 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
15708 ;;;***
15710 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
15711 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14838 53329))
15712 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
15714 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
15715 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
15716 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
15717 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
15718 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
15719 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
15720 look like one of the following:
15721 Time-stamp: <>
15722 Time-stamp: \" \"
15723 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
15724 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
15725 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
15726 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
15727 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
15728 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
15729 template." t nil)
15731 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
15732 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
15733 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15735 ;;;***
15737 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
15738 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
15739 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
15740 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
15741 ;;;;;; (14823 8292))
15742 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
15744 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
15745 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
15746 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
15747 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
15748 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
15749 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
15750 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
15751 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
15753 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
15754 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
15755 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
15756 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
15757 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
15758 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
15759 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
15760 this function is called within a day.
15762 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
15763 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
15764 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
15765 discover the name of the project." t nil)
15767 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
15768 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
15769 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
15770 begun during the last time segment.
15772 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
15773 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
15774 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
15775 discover the reason." t nil)
15777 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
15778 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
15780 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
15781 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
15782 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
15783 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
15784 project you were working on." t nil)
15786 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
15787 Ask the user before clocking out.
15788 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
15790 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
15791 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
15792 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
15794 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
15795 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
15796 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
15797 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
15798 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
15799 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
15801 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
15802 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
15803 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
15804 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
15806 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
15807 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
15808 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
15809 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
15810 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
15811 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
15812 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
15813 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
15814 non-nil." t nil)
15816 ;;;***
15818 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
15819 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
15820 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772))
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
15823 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
15825 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
15826 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
15828 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
15829 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
15831 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
15832 Perform an action at time TIME.
15833 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
15834 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
15835 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
15836 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
15837 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
15838 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
15840 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
15842 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
15843 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
15844 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
15845 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
15846 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
15848 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
15850 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
15851 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
15852 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
15853 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
15855 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
15856 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
15857 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
15858 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
15860 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
15861 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
15863 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
15864 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
15866 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
15867 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
15868 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
15869 The call should look like:
15870 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
15871 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
15872 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
15873 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
15874 be detected." nil (quote macro))
15876 ;;;***
15878 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
15879 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (14816 17181))
15880 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
15882 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
15883 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
15884 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
15885 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
15887 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
15888 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
15889 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
15890 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
15891 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
15892 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
15893 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
15895 ;;;***
15897 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
15898 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14789 22295))
15899 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
15900 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
15901 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
15902 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
15904 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
15905 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
15906 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
15907 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
15908 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
15910 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
15911 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
15912 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
15913 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
15914 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
15916 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
15917 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
15918 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
15919 in the menu in two ways:
15920 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
15921 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
15922 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
15924 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
15925 keymap or an alist of alists.
15926 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
15927 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
15929 ;;;***
15931 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-print todo-save-top-priorities todo-top-priorities)
15932 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14690 14754))
15933 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
15935 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
15936 List top priorities for each category.
15938 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
15939 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
15941 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
15942 between each category." t nil)
15944 (autoload (quote todo-save-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
15945 Save top priorities for each category in `todo-file-top'.
15947 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
15948 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'." t nil)
15950 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
15951 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
15952 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
15953 between each category.
15955 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
15957 ;;;***
15959 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
15960 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (14837 50479))
15961 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
15963 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
15964 Toggle Tool-Bar mode.
15965 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15966 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
15968 (custom-add-to-group (quote frames) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15970 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
15972 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
15973 Toggle use of the tool bar.
15974 With ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
15976 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
15977 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
15979 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
15980 Add an item to the tool bar.
15981 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
15982 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
15983 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
15984 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
15986 ICON is the base name of a file cnntaining the image to use. The
15987 function will try to use first ICON.xpm, ICON.pbm then ICON.xbm using
15988 `find-image'.
15990 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
15991 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
15992 function." nil nil)
15994 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
15995 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
15996 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
15997 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
15998 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
15999 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
16000 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
16002 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16003 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16004 function." nil nil)
16006 ;;;***
16008 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
16009 ;;;;;; (14822 58259))
16010 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
16012 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
16013 Mode for tooltip display.
16014 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
16016 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
16017 Toggle tooltip-mode.
16018 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16019 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
16021 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16023 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
16025 ;;;***
16027 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
16028 ;;;;;; 63726))
16029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
16031 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16033 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16035 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
16036 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
16038 ;;;***
16040 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
16041 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
16042 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
16044 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
16045 Set scroll margins." t nil)
16047 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
16048 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
16050 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
16051 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
16053 ;;;***
16055 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
16056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
16058 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
16059 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
16060 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
16061 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
16062 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
16064 ;;;***
16066 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
16067 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
16068 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
16070 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
16071 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
16073 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
16074 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
16075 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16076 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16077 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16078 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
16079 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
16080 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
16082 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
16083 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
16084 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16085 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16086 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16087 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
16088 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
16090 ;;;***
16092 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
16093 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
16094 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
16095 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
16096 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
16097 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
16099 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
16100 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
16101 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
16102 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
16103 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
16104 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
16105 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
16107 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
16108 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
16109 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
16110 accepting the proposed default buffer.
16112 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16114 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
16115 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
16116 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
16117 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
16118 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
16119 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
16120 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
16122 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
16123 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
16125 First column's text sSs Second column's text
16126 \\___/\\
16127 / \\
16128 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
16130 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16132 ;;;***
16134 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
16135 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
16136 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
16137 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14716 17385))
16138 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
16140 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
16141 Toggle typing break mode.
16142 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
16143 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16144 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
16146 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16148 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
16150 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
16151 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
16153 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
16154 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
16156 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
16157 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
16158 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
16160 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
16161 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
16163 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
16164 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
16165 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
16167 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
16168 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
16169 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
16170 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
16171 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
16172 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
16174 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
16175 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
16176 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
16177 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
16179 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
16180 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
16182 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
16183 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
16185 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
16186 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
16187 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
16189 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
16190 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
16191 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
16192 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
16193 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
16194 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
16195 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
16197 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
16198 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
16200 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
16201 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
16202 reset the keystroke counter.
16204 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
16205 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
16206 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
16207 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
16209 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
16210 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
16211 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
16212 `type-break-schedule' command.
16214 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
16215 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
16216 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
16217 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
16218 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
16219 or not to continue.
16221 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
16222 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
16223 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
16224 approximate good values for this.
16226 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
16227 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
16229 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
16230 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
16231 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
16232 `type-break-warning-repeat'
16233 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
16234 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
16236 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
16237 a typing break occur. They include:
16239 `type-break-query-mode'
16240 `type-break-query-function'
16241 `type-break-query-interval'
16243 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
16245 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
16246 Take a typing break.
16248 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
16249 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
16251 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
16252 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
16254 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
16255 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
16256 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
16257 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
16259 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
16260 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
16262 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
16263 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
16264 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
16265 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
16266 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
16267 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
16268 average typing speed.)
16270 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
16271 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
16272 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
16273 the computed maximum threshold.
16275 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
16276 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
16277 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
16278 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
16279 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
16281 ;;;***
16283 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
16284 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
16285 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
16287 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
16288 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
16289 Works by overstriking underscores.
16290 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16291 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16293 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
16294 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
16295 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16296 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16298 ;;;***
16300 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
16301 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
16302 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
16304 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16305 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
16306 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
16308 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16309 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
16310 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
16311 following the containing message." t nil)
16313 ;;;***
16315 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
16316 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
16317 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
16319 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16320 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
16321 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
16322 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
16323 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
16324 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
16326 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16327 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
16329 ;;;***
16331 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
16332 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
16333 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
16335 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
16336 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
16337 This function has a choice of three things to do:
16338 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
16339 to refrain from editing the file
16340 return t (grab the lock on the file)
16341 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
16342 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
16343 in any way you like." nil nil)
16345 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
16346 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
16347 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
16348 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
16349 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
16351 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
16352 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
16354 ;;;***
16356 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
16357 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (14791 27471))
16358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
16360 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
16361 Uudecode region between START and END with external decoder.
16363 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
16365 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
16366 Uudecode region between START and END.
16367 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
16369 ;;;***
16371 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
16372 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
16373 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
16374 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
16375 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook
16376 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14841 30887))
16377 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
16379 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
16380 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
16381 See `run-hooks'.")
16383 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
16384 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
16385 See `run-hooks'.")
16387 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
16388 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
16389 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
16390 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
16391 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
16392 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
16394 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
16395 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
16396 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
16397 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
16398 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
16400 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
16401 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
16403 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
16404 it will operate on the file in the current line.
16406 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
16407 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
16408 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
16409 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
16410 lock steals will raise an error.
16412 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
16414 For RCS and SCCS files:
16415 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16416 control.
16417 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
16418 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
16419 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
16420 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
16421 it performs a revert.
16422 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
16423 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
16424 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
16425 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
16426 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
16427 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
16428 the option to steal the lock.
16430 For CVS files:
16431 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16432 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
16433 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
16434 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
16435 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
16436 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
16437 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
16438 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
16439 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
16441 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
16442 Register the current file into a version control system.
16443 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
16444 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
16446 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
16447 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
16448 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
16449 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
16450 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
16451 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
16453 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
16454 Display diffs between file versions.
16455 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
16456 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
16457 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
16458 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
16460 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
16461 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
16462 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
16463 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
16465 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
16466 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
16467 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
16468 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
16470 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
16471 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
16472 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
16473 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
16474 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
16475 from the current branch.
16477 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
16479 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
16480 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
16481 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
16483 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
16484 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
16486 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
16488 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
16489 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
16491 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
16492 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
16493 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
16494 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
16495 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
16496 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
16498 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
16499 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
16500 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
16501 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
16502 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
16503 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
16505 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
16506 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
16508 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
16509 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
16510 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
16511 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
16512 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
16514 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
16515 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
16516 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
16518 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
16519 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
16521 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
16522 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
16523 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
16524 directory.
16526 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
16528 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
16529 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
16530 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
16532 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
16533 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
16535 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
16536 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors.
16537 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines
16538 are displayed in red, old in blue. A prefix argument specifies a
16539 factor for stretching the time scale.
16541 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
16542 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
16543 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
16544 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
16546 ;;;***
16548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (14842 10637))
16549 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
16550 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
16551 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
16552 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
16553 (require 'vc-cvs)
16554 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
16556 ;;;***
16558 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
16559 ;;;;;; (14810 32085))
16560 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
16562 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
16563 *Where to look for RCS master files.
16564 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16566 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
16568 ;;;***
16570 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
16571 ;;;;;; (14777 38159))
16572 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
16574 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
16575 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
16576 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
16578 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
16580 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
16581 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
16582 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
16583 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
16585 ;;;***
16587 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
16588 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
16589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
16591 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
16592 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
16594 Usage:
16595 ------
16597 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
16598 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
16599 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
16600 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
16601 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
16602 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
16603 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
16604 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
16605 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
16606 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
16607 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16608 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
16609 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
16610 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
16611 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
16612 The following abbreviations can also be used:
16613 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
16614 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
16615 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
16617 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
16618 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
16619 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
16621 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
16622 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
16623 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
16624 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
16625 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
16626 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
16627 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
16628 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
16629 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
16631 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
16632 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
16633 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
16634 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
16635 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
16636 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
16637 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
16638 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
16640 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
16641 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
16642 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
16644 - COMMENTS:
16645 `--' puts a single comment.
16646 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
16647 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
16648 comment in between.
16649 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
16650 following lines.
16651 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
16652 uncomments a region if already commented out.
16654 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
16655 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
16656 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
16657 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
16658 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
16659 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
16660 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
16661 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
16662 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
16663 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
16664 multi-line comments.
16666 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
16667 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
16668 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
16669 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
16670 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
16671 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
16672 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
16673 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
16674 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
16676 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
16677 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
16678 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
16679 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
16680 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
16681 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
16682 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
16683 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
16684 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
16685 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
16687 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
16688 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
16689 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
16690 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
16691 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
16692 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
16693 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
16694 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
16695 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
16696 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
16697 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
16698 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
16699 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
16701 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
16703 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
16704 menu).
16706 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
16708 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
16709 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
16710 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
16711 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
16712 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
16714 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
16715 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
16716 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
16717 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
16718 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
16719 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
16720 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
16721 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
16722 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
16724 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
16725 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
16726 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
16727 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
16728 specified.
16730 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
16731 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
16732 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
16733 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
16734 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
16735 the current directory for VHDL source files.
16737 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
16738 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
16739 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
16740 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
16741 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
16742 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
16743 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
16744 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
16745 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
16746 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
16747 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
16749 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
16750 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
16751 Math Packages.
16753 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
16754 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
16755 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
16756 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
16757 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
16758 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
16759 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
16760 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
16762 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
16763 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
16764 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
16765 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
16766 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
16767 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
16769 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
16770 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
16771 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
16772 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
16773 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
16775 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
16776 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
16777 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
16778 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
16779 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
16781 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
16782 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
16783 highlighted if written in lower case.
16785 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
16786 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
16787 is non-nil.
16789 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
16790 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
16791 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
16793 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
16794 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
16795 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
16797 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
16798 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
16799 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
16801 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
16802 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
16803 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
16804 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
16805 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
16806 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
16807 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
16809 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
16810 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
16811 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
16812 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
16813 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
16815 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
16816 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
16817 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
16818 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
16820 - HINTS:
16821 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
16824 Maintenance:
16825 ------------
16827 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
16828 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
16830 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
16832 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
16833 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
16834 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
16835 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
16837 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
16838 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
16839 version and release notes can be found.
16842 Bugs and Limitations:
16843 ---------------------
16845 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
16846 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
16847 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
16848 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
16849 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
16850 does not work under XEmacs.
16853 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
16854 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
16856 Key bindings:
16857 -------------
16859 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
16861 ;;;***
16863 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
16864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
16866 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
16867 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
16868 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
16869 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
16871 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
16872 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
16873 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
16874 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
16875 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
16877 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
16878 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
16880 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
16882 * Limitations and unsupported features
16883 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
16884 not supported.
16885 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
16886 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
16888 * Modifications
16889 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
16890 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
16891 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
16892 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
16893 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
16894 for undoing a repeated change command.
16895 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
16896 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
16897 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
16899 * Extensions
16900 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
16901 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
16902 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
16903 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
16904 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
16905 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
16906 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
16907 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
16909 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
16911 ;;;***
16913 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
16914 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
16915 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
16916 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
16917 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
16919 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
16920 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
16922 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
16923 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
16924 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16925 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
16927 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
16928 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
16930 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
16931 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
16932 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16933 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
16935 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
16936 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
16938 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
16940 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
16942 ;;;***
16944 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
16945 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
16946 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14788
16947 ;;;;;; 64255))
16948 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
16950 (defvar view-mode nil "\
16951 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
16952 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
16953 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
16955 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
16957 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
16958 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
16959 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16960 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16961 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16962 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16963 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16965 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
16967 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
16968 View FILE in View mode in another window.
16969 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
16970 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16971 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16972 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16973 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16974 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16976 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
16978 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
16979 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
16980 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
16981 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16982 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16983 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16984 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16985 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16987 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
16989 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
16990 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
16991 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
16992 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
16993 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
16994 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
16995 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
16997 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
16999 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17000 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17001 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17003 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
17004 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
17005 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17006 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17007 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17008 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17009 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17010 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17012 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17014 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17015 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17016 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17018 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
17019 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
17020 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17021 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17022 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17023 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17024 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17025 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17027 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17029 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17030 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17031 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17033 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
17034 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
17035 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
17037 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
17038 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
17039 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
17040 read-only.
17041 \\<view-mode-map>
17042 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
17043 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
17044 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
17045 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
17046 commands default to a repeat count of one.
17048 H, h, ? This message.
17049 Digits provide prefix arguments.
17050 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
17051 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
17052 > move to the end of buffer.
17053 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
17054 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
17055 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
17056 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
17057 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
17058 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17059 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17060 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17061 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
17062 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17063 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
17064 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
17065 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
17066 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
17067 Use this to view a changing file.
17068 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
17069 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
17070 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
17071 . set the mark.
17072 x exchanges point and mark.
17073 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
17074 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
17075 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
17076 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
17077 ' go to position saved in character register.
17078 s do forward incremental search.
17079 r do reverse incremental search.
17080 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
17081 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
17082 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
17083 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
17084 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
17085 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
17086 p searches backward for last regular expression.
17087 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
17088 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
17089 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
17090 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
17091 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
17092 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
17093 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
17094 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
17096 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
17097 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
17098 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
17099 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
17100 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
17101 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
17102 will return to that buffer.
17104 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17106 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
17107 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
17108 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
17109 `view-return-to-alist'.
17110 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
17111 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
17112 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
17114 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
17115 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
17116 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
17117 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
17118 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
17119 1) nil Do nothing.
17120 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
17121 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
17122 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
17123 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
17125 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17127 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
17129 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
17130 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
17132 ;;;***
17134 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
17135 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
17137 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
17138 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
17140 ;;;***
17142 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
17143 ;;;;;; (14651 36650))
17144 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
17146 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
17147 Toggle Viper on/off.
17148 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
17150 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
17151 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
17153 ;;;***
17155 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14550 8900))
17156 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
17158 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
17159 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
17161 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
17162 hotlist.
17164 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
17165 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
17167 ;;;***
17169 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
17170 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14813 6100))
17171 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
17173 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
17174 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
17175 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17176 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
17178 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
17180 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
17182 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
17184 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
17185 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
17186 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
17187 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
17189 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
17190 and off otherwise." t nil)
17192 ;;;***
17194 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
17195 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
17196 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14826 56520))
17197 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
17199 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
17200 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
17201 These are:
17202 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17203 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17204 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
17205 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17206 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17208 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
17209 and:
17210 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
17211 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
17213 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
17214 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
17216 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
17217 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
17219 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
17220 whitespace problems." t nil)
17222 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
17223 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
17225 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
17226 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
17228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17229 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
17230 \(which see).")
17232 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17234 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
17236 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
17237 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
17239 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
17240 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
17242 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17243 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17244 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
17245 replaced with TABS).
17246 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17247 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17249 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
17251 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
17252 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
17254 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
17255 i - Indentation whitespace.
17256 l - Leading whitespace.
17257 s - Space followed by Tab.
17258 t - Trailing whitespace.
17260 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
17261 !<y>.
17263 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
17264 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
17265 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
17266 always they default to 8.)
17268 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
17269 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
17270 even print it.
17272 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
17273 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
17274 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
17275 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
17276 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
17277 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
17278 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
17279 to set smarttab.)
17281 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
17282 merge problems.
17284 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
17285 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
17286 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
17288 ;;;***
17290 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
17291 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (14840 890))
17292 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
17294 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
17295 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
17297 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
17298 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
17300 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
17301 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
17303 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
17304 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
17305 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17307 ;;;***
17309 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
17310 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14841 19791))
17311 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
17313 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
17314 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
17315 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
17317 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
17318 Create widget of TYPE.
17319 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
17321 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
17322 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
17324 ;;;***
17326 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
17327 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747
17328 ;;;;;; 44775))
17329 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
17331 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
17332 Select the window to the left of the current one.
17333 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17334 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17335 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
17336 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17337 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17339 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
17340 Select the window above the current one.
17341 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
17342 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
17343 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
17344 negative ARG) of the current window.
17345 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17347 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
17348 Select the window to the right of the current one.
17349 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17350 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
17351 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
17352 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
17353 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17355 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
17356 Select the window below the current one.
17357 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17358 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17359 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
17360 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17361 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17363 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
17364 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
17366 ;;;***
17368 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
17369 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
17370 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
17372 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
17373 Toggle winner-mode.
17374 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17375 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
17377 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17379 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
17381 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
17382 Toggle Winner mode.
17383 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17385 ;;;***
17387 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
17388 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14836 3751))
17389 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
17391 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
17392 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
17393 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
17394 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
17395 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
17396 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
17397 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
17398 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
17400 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
17401 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
17403 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
17404 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
17406 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
17407 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
17408 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
17409 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
17410 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
17411 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
17412 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
17413 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
17415 ;;;***
17417 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
17418 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
17419 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
17421 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
17422 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
17424 BUGS:
17425 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
17426 are not implemented
17427 - Options for search and replace
17428 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
17429 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
17431 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
17432 Emacs-like.
17434 The key bindings are:
17436 C-a backward-word
17437 C-b fill-paragraph
17438 C-c scroll-up-line
17439 C-d forward-char
17440 C-e previous-line
17441 C-f forward-word
17442 C-g delete-char
17443 C-h backward-char
17444 C-i indent-for-tab-command
17445 C-j help-for-help
17446 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
17447 C-l ws-repeat-search
17448 C-n open-line
17449 C-p quoted-insert
17450 C-r scroll-down-line
17451 C-s backward-char
17452 C-t kill-word
17453 C-u keyboard-quit
17454 C-v overwrite-mode
17455 C-w scroll-down
17456 C-x next-line
17457 C-y kill-complete-line
17458 C-z scroll-up
17460 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
17461 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
17462 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
17463 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
17464 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
17465 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
17466 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
17467 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
17468 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
17469 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
17470 C-k b ws-begin-block
17471 C-k c ws-copy-block
17472 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
17473 C-k f find-file
17474 C-k h ws-show-markers
17475 C-k i ws-indent-block
17476 C-k k ws-end-block
17477 C-k p ws-print-block
17478 C-k q kill-emacs
17479 C-k r insert-file
17480 C-k s save-some-buffers
17481 C-k t ws-mark-word
17482 C-k u ws-exdent-block
17483 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
17484 C-k v ws-move-block
17485 C-k w ws-write-block
17486 C-k x kill-emacs
17487 C-k y ws-delete-block
17489 C-o c wordstar-center-line
17490 C-o b switch-to-buffer
17491 C-o j justify-current-line
17492 C-o k kill-buffer
17493 C-o l list-buffers
17494 C-o m auto-fill-mode
17495 C-o r set-fill-column
17496 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
17497 C-o wd delete-other-windows
17498 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
17499 C-o wo other-window
17500 C-o wv split-window-vertically
17502 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
17503 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
17504 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
17505 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
17506 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
17507 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
17508 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
17509 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
17510 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
17511 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
17512 C-q a ws-query-replace
17513 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
17514 C-q c end-of-buffer
17515 C-q d end-of-line
17516 C-q f ws-search
17517 C-q k ws-to-block-end
17518 C-q l ws-undo
17519 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
17520 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
17521 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
17522 C-q w ws-last-error
17523 C-q y ws-kill-eol
17524 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
17525 " t nil)
17527 ;;;***
17529 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
17530 ;;;;;; 149))
17531 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
17533 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
17534 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
17535 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
17537 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
17539 ;;;***
17541 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
17542 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14809 51714))
17543 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
17545 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
17546 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
17548 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
17549 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
17551 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
17552 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
17553 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
17555 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
17556 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
17558 ;;;***
17560 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14818 62648))
17561 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
17563 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
17564 Zone out, completely." t nil)
17566 ;;;***
17568 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
17569 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (14550 9028))
17570 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
17572 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
17573 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
17575 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
17576 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
17578 Zone-mode does two things:
17580 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
17581 when saving the file
17583 - fontification" t nil)
17585 ;;;***
17587 ;;; Local Variables:
17588 ;;; version-control: never
17589 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
17590 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
17591 ;;; End:
17592 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here